Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
Customer References:
Customer: PT Citra Tubindo
Rig / Hull: N/A
Tag Number: N/A
www.nov.com
Document Number:
Revision:
Page:
D2G1008930-FDD-001
01
ii
REVISION HISTORY
01
8/11/2014
For Information
T. Schutt
J. Olson
B. Schumer
Rev
Date (dd/mm/yyyy)
Prepared
Checked
Approved
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
01
Change Description
Initial Release
www.nov.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Document Number:
D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC
Revision:
01
Page:
Vol.
Chapter/
Section
Title
Remarks
General Information
2.1
Procedures
2.2
3.1
3.2
3.3
Electrical / Instrument
3.4
Performance Data
Vendor Documentation
www.nov.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vol.
Chapter/
Section
Title
General Information
Chapter Not Applicable
www.nov.com
Document Number:
D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 1
Revision:
01
Page:
Document Number
Rev.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vol.
Chapter/
Section
Title
2.1
Procedures
2.2
www.nov.com
Document Number:
D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 2
Revision:
01
Page:
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vol.
Chapter/
Section
Title
2.1
Procedures
www.nov.com
Document Number:
Revision:
01
Page:
Document Number
Rev.
PS-4030
02
EDN-1688
02
Operation Manual Triplex Mud Pump For Models: FD500, FD-800, FD-1000 & FD-1600
EPL-1911
01
MP.WARNING
02
01-05-01-MP
06
ASP00019
DS00008
CE-538E
06
Technical Specification
Pre-Shipment And Storage Preservation
For New-Build NOV Triplex Mud Pumps
RIG/PLANT
ADDITIONAL CODE
REFERENCE
SDRL CODE
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER
www.nov.com
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
PS-4030
02
Document number
Revision
Page
PS-4030
02
2
REVISION HISTORY
02
12.09.2012
For Information
RLP
BTS
GDH
15.08.2006
For Information
GDH
GDH
GDH
07.05.1990
For Information
GDH
GDH
GDH
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
Prepared
Checked
Approved
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
0
1
02
Change Description
Initial Release
Updated Entire Document
Added NOV Standard Front Cover & Updated Page Formats
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
PS-4030
02
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
SCOPE.............................................................................................................................. 4
6
PRESERVATION PROCEDURE WHEN STORAGE EXCEEDS SIX (6) MONTHS OF
INITIAL PRESERVATION. .......................................................................................................... 6
7
EXHIBIT 1 ......................................................................................................................... 8
10
EXHIBIT 2 ......................................................................................................................... 9
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
PS-4030
02
4
SCOPE
This specification covers the preservation and storage procedure for shipment of new-build
NOV Triplex Mud Pumps shipped from the manufacturing plant.
This specification is intended to provide preservation of new-build NOV Triplex Mud Pumps
for six (6) months from the shipment of the mud pump from the manufacturing facility. If a
pump is to be stored for a period of time exceeding six (6) months, additional precautions
should be taken as outlined in this specification.
National Oilwell Varco recommends that all pumps are inspected for any signs of corrosion
and for proper preservation at a minimum every three (3) months for pumps stored outside
and every six (6) months for pumps stored indoors.
Sub-tier: National Oilwell PS-3081
14P, FC 2200
12P, 10P, HD or A1700/1400PT, FB/FC/FD 1600, FB 1300
9P, 8P, B or A850-1100PT, F/FD 1000, F 800
7P, A600PT, FD 500
Quantity of Inhibitor
5 Gallons
3 Gallons
2 Gallons
1 Gallon
For pumps equipped with chain drives, spray internal machined parts inside chain cases
with inhibiting oil-based concentrate (Cortec VpCI 329 Vapor Corrosion Inhibiting oil based
concentrate or equivalent).
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
PS-4030
02
5
Replace all guards and seals as necessary using specified gasket material and sealing
compounds.
Remove fluid end valve covers, seals, valves springs and seats and treat internal cavities
of fluid ends, discharge manifold, discharge strainer block and suction manifold with rust
preventative (CRC SP400 or equivalent). Coat threads with anti-seize (KOPR KOTE
10002 or equivalent) and coat bottom side of valve cover with rust preventative. Reinstall
seals and fluid end valves covers hand tight. Customer liners, pistons, piston rods, valves,
seats, springs and liner retention parts are not used for plant testing. These expendables
are checked for preservation when packed and then shipped with the loose parts.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
PS-4030
02
6
Correct any
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
PS-4030
02
7
Product Name
Cortec VpCI 329
CRC Industries Inc. SP400
KOPR-KOTE
www.nov.com
Company
Gulf Corrosion Control
Fastenal
Drago Supply Co.
Contact Number
(713)681-7500
(713)983-7715
(800)553-2363
Document number
Revision
Page
PS-4030
02
8
EXHIBIT 1
WARNING
REINSTALL BREATHER BEFORE PUTTING
PUMP INTO SERVICE
NOV PN xxxxxxx
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
10
PS-4030
02
9
EXHIBIT 2
WARNING
THIS EQUIPMENT IS PROTECTED FOR
SIX MONTHS FROM EX-WORKS DATE OF:
MONTH
DAY
YEAR
www.nov.com
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
PREPARED BY
B. Schumer
DATE
12 Apr 2012
CHECKED BY
Bryce Brock
PAGE
EDN-1688
1 of
12
APPROVED
REVISED DATE
GDH
REV.
02
DATE
13 Apr 2012
SELLER INFORMATION
COMPANY NAME:
ADDRESS:
TELEPHONE:
(281) 854-0400
TELEFAX:
(281) 854-0505
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
EDN-1688
DOCUMENT TITLE:
PAGE
EDN-1688
2 of
12
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
PREPARED BY
B. Schumer
12 Apr 2012
APPROVED
REVISED DATE
GDH
02
CHECKED BY
DATE
Bryce Brock
13 Apr 2012
COMMISSIONING INDEX
SUBJECT
PAGE NO.
Part I. Pre-Commissioning Procedures
Pre-Start Up Requirements.....................................................................................
1. Power End..................................................................................................
2. Main Electric Drive Motors
3. Auxiliary A/C Motors.
4. Instrumentation...........................................................................................
5. Liner Wash System.....................................................................................
6. Fluid End....................................................................................................
7. Suction Dampener/Desurger.......................................................................
8. Pulsation Dampener....................................................................................
9. Pressure Gauge............................................................................................
10. Reset Relief Valve.......................................................................................
11. Discharge Strainer
12. Mud Pump Drive Assembly.
a. Belt Drive Units
b. Chain Drive Units.
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
REV.
6
8
9
PAGE
EDN-1688
3 of
12
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
PREPARED BY
DATE
B. Schumer
12 Apr 2012
APPROVED
REVISED DATE
GDH
CHECKED BY
Bryce Brock
REV.
02
DATE
13 Apr 2012
a. Drain and flush any moisture or contamination that has accumulated in the power end reservoir.
Fill to the FULL mark on the dipstick with the recommended oil.
Ambient Temperature:
0F to 85F (-18C to 33C) =
30F to 155F (-1C to 68C) =
AGMA No. 4 EP
AGMA No. 6 EP
PAGE
EDN-1688
4 of
12
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
PREPARED BY
DATE
B. Schumer
12 Apr 2012
APPROVED
REVISED DATE
GDH
CHECKED BY
Bryce Brock
REV.
02
DATE
13 Apr 2012
Check to assure that all instrumentation has been properly hooked up. Check the calibration
test sheets for validity and recalibrate if necessary.
Clean liner wash tank, if needed, and fill with fresh clean water.
Ensure that supply hoses and spray nipples are installed correctly.
Start pump and adjust regulating valve to maximum flow without splash onto the extension
rods.
6. Fluid End:
Check to assure that all liners, valves, and pistons are installed properly in accordance with
the installation instructions.
Ensure that the liner end covers are installed on the rear end of the liners.
Ensure that the baffle discs are installed on the end of the crosshead extension rods.
Clean grease and paint from the exposed parts of the extension rods, checking for burrs.
Coat rods with a light oil.
7. Suction Dampener/Desurger
NOTE: When charging the bladder, make sure that the mud pump suction line valve has been
closed and that all pressure has been bled off of the suction manifold surrounding the suction
desurger
If a dampener is used, charge dampener with a hand-operated air pump to 10 PSI (0.7 bar).
Once pump operations have been started, check the operation of the suction dampener by
inspecting the sight glass. Add or release air pressure through the Shraeder valve to keep the
diaphragm between the midpoint and the bottom of the sight glass.
8. Pulsation Dampener:
Refer to manufacturers instructions for charging the dampener.
USE ONLY NITROGEN OR AIR! DO NOT USE OXYGEN.
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
PREPARED BY
DATE
B. Schumer
12 Apr 2012
CHECKED BY
Bryce Brock
PAGE
EDN-1688
5 of
12
APPROVED
REVISED DATE
GDH
REV.
02
DATE
13 Apr 2012
9. Pressure Gauge:
Check to assure that the gauge is installed and there is no shut-off valve between it and the
discharge system.
Remove the strainer screen from the housing and assure that it is clean and free from
obstructions.
Check the stud nuts for proper make-up torque.
Check the belt guards to ensure that belts will not drag on the guard.
Check the belt tension as instructed in the maintenance section of the operations manual.
Check the alignment of the drive motors.
Check the chain guards to ensure that the chains will not drag on the guard.
Check the oil pump to ensure that the relief valve is installed on the suction side.
Start the pump and ensure that the spray nozzles are spraying oil over the full width of the chain.
Adjust the relief valve to 15-25 PSI output with the warm oil.
PAGE
EDN-1688
6 of
12
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
PREPARED BY
DATE
B. Schumer
12 Apr 2012
APPROVED
REVISED DATE
REV.
GDH
CHECKED BY
Bryce Brock
02
DATE
13 Apr 2012
Adjust the regulator valve for proper volume of cooling fluid. 10 US Gallons (38 Liter)
per minute per liner.
Check the coolant temperature. 150F (66C) maximum.
3) Check for oil leaks around the power end covers and seals.
4) Check for interference or dragging in the belt/chain drive assemblies.
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
PREPARED BY
DATE
B. Schumer
12 Apr 2012
CHECKED BY
Bryce Brock
PAGE
EDN-1688
7 of
12
APPROVED
REVISED DATE
REV.
GDH
02
DATE
13 Apr 2012
5) Visually inspect the mud pump drive assembly for any unusual conditions, i.e. loose bolts,
vibration, noise, etc.
6) Check the performance of the supercharging system:
Check the valve for proper relief setting. The valve should be set 10% above the
pressure rating for the liner size being used.
Refer to the nameplates on each side of the pump or the pump datasheet to obtain the
operating pressure for that particular size liner.
PAGE
EDN-1688
8 of
12
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
PREPARED BY
B. Schumer
DATE
12 Apr 2012
APPROVED
REVISED DATE
REV.
GDH
CHECKED BY
02
DATE
Bryce Brock
13 Apr 2012
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
PAGE
EDN-1688
9 of
12
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
APPROVED
PREPARED BY
DATE
B. Schumer
12 Apr 2012
REVISED DATE
GDH
CHECKED BY
REV.
02
DATE
Bryce Brock
13 Apr 2012
2 HR 4 HR 6 HR 8 HR
PRESSURE..
______
TEMPERATURE.
______
MOTOR AMPS
______
INLET TEMPERATURE.
______
OUTLET TEMPERATURE.
______
______
BEARING TEMP
______
BLOWER AIRFLOW.
______
MOTOR AMPS
______
o VOLTS.
______
______
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
DATE
B. Schumer
12 Apr 2012
PAGE
EDN-1688
10 of
12
APPROVED
PREPARED BY
REVISED DATE
GDH
CHECKED BY
02
DATE
Bryce Brock
13 Apr 2012
START
2 HR 4 HR 6 HR 8 HR
______
BEARING TEMP
______
BLOWER AIRFLOW.
______
MOTOR AMPS
______
o VOLTS.
______
______
REV.
5. LINER/PISTONS (Yes/No):
INDICATIONS OF SCORING..
______
ABNORMAL BREATHING..
______
LINER TEMPERATURE...
______
6. SUPERCHARGING SYSTEM:
MOTOR AMPS
______
______
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
DATE
B. Schumer
12 Apr 2012
EDN-1688
11 of
12
REVISED DATE
GDH
CHECKED BY
REV.
02
DATE
Bryce Brock
START
PAGE
APPROVED
PREPARED BY
13 Apr 2012
2 HR 4 HR 6 HR 8 HR
OIL LEAKS.
______
GUARDS DRAGGING..
______
LOOSE BOLTS...
______
______
COOLANT LEAKS....
______
8. OTHER:
___________________________
______
___________________________
______
___________________________
______
___________________________
______
___________________________
______
Comments:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE
EDN-1688
12 of
12
ENGINEERING
SUBJECT
PREPARED BY
DATE
B. Schumer
APPROVED
GDH
CHECKED BY
12 Apr 2012
REVISED DATE
02
DATE
Bryce Brock
13 Apr 2012
COMMISSIONING ACCEPTANCE:
Date Complete:
________________________________
Signature
_____________________
Title
Signature
Signature
National______________________ ______________________
Oilwell Name
Signature
Varco
REV.
Title
_____________________
Title
_____________________
Title
Operation Manual
Triplex Mud Pump
For Models:
FD-500, FD-800, FD-1000 & FD-1600
REFERENCE
RIG/PLANT
ADDITIONAL CODE
SDRL CODE
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER
REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
EPL-1911
01
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
2
REVISION HISTORY
01
15.08.2006
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
New Manual
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
Change Description
www.nov.com
TMH
TMH
KS
Prepared
Checked
Approved
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
3
PREFACE
This manual is provided for guidance of those who wish to install, repair, maintain, or adjust the
National Oilwell Varco equipment covered herein. This information has been prepared with a
basic viewpoint to give accurate and concise data needed to perform minor adjustments as well
as major overhauls.
This information is not elementary, as it is intended for operators and servicemen who are familiar
with drilling equipment in general. It is not intended, nor would it be possible in such limited
space, to cover every possible condition which may be encountered. Always use good, sound
mechanical practices and safety precautions.
All specifications are in accordance with Engineering designs and should be adhered to in all
repairs. Operation and maintenance information on equipment other than National Oilwell Varcos
is taken in part from the various manufacturers manuals. If the equipment manufacturers issue
later instructions, or in the event of conflict, the manufacturers information will take precedence
over that shown in this manual, unless specifically stated otherwise.
Refer to the General Lubrication Bulletin for approved lubricants. If any discrepancy exists
between the recommendations in this manual and the General Lubrication Bulletin, those in the
Lubrication Bulletin will take precedence.
The manual sections follow logical divisions in major components, and cover all standard
production unless otherwise specified. Specifications and components covered are for standard
equipment current at the time this manual was approved for printing.
National Oilwell Varco reserves the right to discontinue models at any time, or change
specifications or design of any model without notice and without incurring any obligation.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
4
When operating all mechanical and electrical equipment, all safety devices must be
engaged, properly adjusted, and in good operating condition, including overtravel devices
for traveling blocks, warning or shutdown devices for engines, etc.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PREFACE.................................................................................................................................... 3
1
Caution ................................................................................................................. 16
4.2
5.2
Land Installations.................................................................................................. 11
Liners.................................................................................................................... 25
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
FD-1600 .......................................................................................................................... 27
8.1
Liner...................................................................................................................... 28
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
6
8.7
Suction Flange...................................................................................................... 30
8.8
Accessory Manifold............................................................................................... 30
LUBRICATION ............................................................................................................... 31
9.1
9.2
9.3
10
11
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 38
12
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
11.7
11.8
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
www.nov.com
EPL- 1911
01
7
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
8
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
9
General Dimensions
FD-500
(mm)
FD-800
( mm )
FD-1000
( mm )
FD-1600
( mm )
3-11-3/8
(1203)
4-8-7/8
(1445)
4-10-5/8
(1489)
5-0-5/8
(1540)
---
---
---
--
----
--
5-7-13/16
(1722)
3-2-15/16
(989)
3-4-1/2
(1029)
3-8-3/8
(1127)
4-0-1/8
(1222)
3-11-3/16
(1198)
---
--
----
--
4-8-1/16
(1424)
12-1/16
(305)
12-7/16
( 316 )
13-3/4
( 349 )
13-3/16
( 335 )
3-1
(939)
---
--
----
--
4-3-3/4
(1315)
3-8-1/2
(1197)
3-11-1/8
(1197)
4-5-1/2
(1359)
4-11-3/4
(1518)
4-9
(1448)
5-1-3/4
(1568)
8-0
92438)
7-10
(2388)
6-9-7/8
(2079)
7-11-3/8
(2423)
8-4-1/4
(2546)
8-11-7/8
(2740)
---
---
4-6-1/4
(1378)
4-6-7/8
(1394)
4-10-1/4
(1480)
5.5
(139)
7.00
(177.8)
7.750
(196.85)
8.500
(215.90)
2 x 1
(50.8 x 25.4)
2 x 1
(50.8 x 25.4)
** K
L (Dia.)
3-11
(1193)
4-3-3/8
(1305)
4-9-3/8
(1457)
5-5-3/4
(1670)
5-0-3/4
(1543)
5-5-1/4
(1657)
5-11-1/8
(1807)
6-10
(2083)
4-3-3/8
(1305)
4-6
(1372)
5-1
(1549)
6-1-3/8
(1864)
12-0
(3658)
13-0
(3962)
13-6
(4115)
16
(4877)
1-3-5/16
(389)
1-3-5/8
( 397 )
1-6-7/8
( 479 )
1-9-3/4
( 553 )
10
(254)
10
( 254 )
12
( 305 )
12-1/4
( 311 )
---
---
1-1
( 330 )
1-1
( 330 )
1-4-1/2
( 419 )
---
---
2-0-1/2
( 622 )
1-2-3/8
( 365 )
1-1-3/4
( 349 )
3-0-3/4
(933)
3-1-1/2
( 953 )
2-2-3/8
( 670 )
2-6-1/4
( 768 )
9-3/4
(250)
10-3/4
( 273 )
10-3/4
( 273 )
12-9/16
( 319 )
1-4-7/8
(422)
---
--
----
--
1-7-1/4
( 489 )
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
10
Specifications
FD-500
FD-800
FD-1000
FD-1600
Nominal HP
Rating
800 HP
@ 150 SPM
Type Gear
Lubrication
500 HP
@ 165 SPM
Herringbone
4.31:1
Herringbone
4.31:1
1000 HP
@ 140 SPM
Herringbone
4.31:1
1600 HP
@ 120 SPM
Double Helical
4.31:1
Valve Pots
API No. 6
API No. 6
API No. 6
API No. 7
Approx. Wt.
(Lbs.)
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
11
2.1
Land Installations
In land installations, a mat of 3 X 12 (76.20 mm x 304.8 mm) boards laid side crosswise to
the pump skids for the entire length, or at a minimum, at the points indicated in Fig. 2, is
usually sufficient. The boards should be a few feet wider than the width of the pump skid
runners. Wet or marshy locations may require a more stable foundation.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
12
Fig. 2
Suitable means, such as National Oilwell Varco pump spacers as shown in Fig. 3, should
be used to keep the pump anchored and the drive in alignment. National Oilwell Varco
mud pump spacers provide 8-1/2 (215.9mm) adjustment. Any desired length may be
obtained by lengthening the standard pipe spacer, which is made of 3 (76.20mm) extra
strong pipe.
Three types of attaching heads are available with this spacer:
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
13
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
14
When a wrench or length of pipe is used to increase leverage in tightening draw-up bolts, it
is imperative to adhere to the wrench torque values given in the chart below. This
adherence is important, because in mounting the hub, the tightening force on the bolts is
multiplied many times by the wedging action of the tapered surface. This action
compresses the hub for a snug fit on the shaft. If the bolt tightening forces are extreme,
bursting pressure is created in the hub of the mounted pulley; this pressure may cause the
pulley to crack. The hub bolts should always be tightened alternately and progressively.
QD
Wrench Torque
Wrench Length
Wrench Pull
Hub
Ft. Lb.
Inches
Lbs.
FD-500
30 (.76 meters)
FD-800
36 (.90 meters)
FD-1000
36 (.90 meters)
FD-1600
36 (.90 meters)
c.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
15
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
16
NOTE: Oil pressure may be adjusted with the pressure relief adjusting screw
on the rear of the pump housing. Pressure drops may also indicate
suction and discharge filter screens need cleaning.
3
3.1
Caution
Do not pipe the return line from the shear relief valve back into the suction system as a
relief valve operation will cause a sudden pressure rise in the system vastly greater than
the system pressure ratings, resulting in damage to manifold, suction desurger and
centrifugal pump.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
17
4.1
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
4.2
EPL- 1911
01
18
With reference to Figure 5, remove the diaphragm stuffing box and plate (1) and rotate
pump so that crosshead is at the front of the stroke. Thoroughly clean the front of the
crosshead and the face of the crosshead extension rod. Insert alignment boss on
crosshead extension rod into the crosshead bore and tighten the retainer bolts (2) to the
following torque. Safety wire bolt heads.
FD-500
50-60 ft. lbs. (7-8 meter kgs)
FD-800 80-100 ft. lbs. (11-14mkgs.)
FD-1000 350-370 ft. lbs. (48-51 meter kgs) FD-1600 350-370 ft. lbs. (48-51mkgs.)
Thoroughly clean face of power frame and diaphragm stuffing box plate at Position A.
Install gasket (3) and capscrews (10). Tighten capscrews as follows:
FD-500 12-14 ft. lbs.
(1.7 - 1.9 meter kgs)
www.nov.com
FD-800
12-18 ft. lbs.
(1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs)
FD-1000 12-18 ft. lbs.
(1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs)
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
19
Clean bore and face of diaphragm stuffing box plate. Clean OD and flange of
diaphragm stuffing box. Coat OD of diaphragm stuffing box with light oil and install Oring seal (4). Insert diaphragm stuffing box in plate bore and tighten capscrews to the
following torque:
FD-500 12-14 ft. lbs.
(1.7 - 1.9 meter kgs)
FD-800
12-18 ft. lbs.
(1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs)
FD-1000 12-18 ft. lbs.
(1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs).
The diaphragm stuffing box packing assembly consists of a single lip oil seal (6), a
double lip wiper seal (11), a separator spring (7), an O-ring (8), and a lock spring (9).
Install the assembly as follows:
a. Remove pressure spring (5) from single lip oil seal (6) and place seal in the inner
(power end) position on the crosshead extension rod, with lip toward power end.
Replace the pressure spring in the seal lip and slide the seal into position in the
stuffing box. SEE NOTE BELOW.
b. Insert the separator spring (7) over rod and slide it into stuffing box bore.
c. Install the O-ring (8) in groove in stuffing box bore.
d. Remove pressure spring (5) from double lip oil seal (11) and place seal in the
outer position on the crosshead extension rod with main lip toward power end.
Replace the pressure spring in the seal lip and slide the seal into position in the
stuffing box. SEE NOTE BELOW.
CAUTION:
The double lip seal can be used in the inner, or power end, position to
replace the single lip seal, but DO NOT use the single lip seal in the
outer position.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
20
Two types of piston and liner cooling systems have been used on National Oilwell Varco
FD-Series Pumps -- the stationary spray type and a moving nozzle type. Ref. Fig. 6. The
manifold (1) for supplying cooling fluid to the piston and liner assemblies is identical on both
systems. Cooling fluid from either a remote source such as a water line, or from a pump
and reservoir system unitized on the pump skids (Ref. Fig. 7) must be piped into the
manifold at the connection located in the pump frame under the crosshead extension rod
section.
CAUTION:
5.2
Moving Nozzle
The moving nozzle system consists of a spray tube (4) mounted on the extension rod
clamp (5), which applies cooling fluid directly to the back face of the piston. The end of
the spray tube is positioned approximately 1 from the back face of the piston, which
causes the cooling fluid to be deflected so that it constantly floods the piston liner area
throughout the full stroke length.
Inspect spray tube very often to assure that ample cooling fluid is being supplied. At
routine intervals, check condition of the hose (6) which connects the spray tube to the
manifold. This hose travels back and forth with the piston rod assembly, therefore must
be installed so that its movement is not restricted.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
21
See sections 5.1 and 5.2 for call out numbers descriptions shown in figure 6.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
22
A typical rod cooling assembly consisting of fluid pump driven from pinion shaft and fluid
reservoir mounted in the skids is shown in Figure 7.
With reference to Fig. 7, maintain electric motor (1) and centrifugal pump (2) according
to manufacturers specifications. Rotation of the pump should be clockwise when
viewed from the impeller end.
Adjust regulating valve (3) to apply as much water as possible to the liners without
splashing back on the crosshead extension rods and diaphragm stuffing box plate. 10gallons per minute per liner is the preferred flow rate. If water is allowed to splash on
the crosshead extension rods, some of the water may work back into the power end to
contaminate the lubrication oil.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
23
The cooling fluid is returned from the crosshead extension rod compartment to the settling
chamber, and as the fluid overflows through the filter screen between the two sections of
the tank, the solids are allowed to settle out. The filter screen will catch much of the foreign
material floating in the fluid.
Check condition of the cooling fluid at frequent intervals and CLEAN and FLUSH reservoir
as required. Contaminated fluid will cause premature liner and piston wear from abrasion
or stoppage of the spray nozzle or spray tube.
6
6.1
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
24
THOROUGHLY CLEAN AND DRY the valve seats and install suction and discharge valve
seats into the valve pot bores. Drive seats firmly into place with a bar and hammer.
Install valves and springs, etc., by following any special instructions that may have been
outlined by the specific valve and seat manufacturer.
Install fluid baffle (11), fig. 9 and 9B on end of crosshead extension rod.
A cross-section through the fluid end is shown in Fig. 9. With reference to Fig.9, clean and
assemble the fluid end parts in the following manner:
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
25
7.1
Liners
Inspect liner bore again to make sure it is clean and free of foreign particles to assure metal
to metal contact between the liner and fluid end. Foreign particles can cause the liner to
make up in a cocked position resulting in premature wear on liners and pistons.
7.2
Piston Rod
Clean piston and piston rod, making sure they are free of nicks and burrs. Install O ring
seal (20) in groove in piston head. Slide piston head on rod while observing that O ring
does not fall out of groove. Tighten piston rod nut (21) to 1200-1600 ft. lbs. (166-121
m/kgs.).
Coat liner I.D. and piston O.D. with grease. Check ends of piston rod and extension rod to
be sure they are clean and free of burrs. Insert piston rod through liner holding piston rod
centered at the rear of the liner. Drive the piston into the liner with a driving tool or a piece
of hardwood and sledge hammer. Use caution as the piston rod approaches the crosshead
extension rod that the dowel on the end of the piston rod is not damaged. The piston rod
must be supported and the dowel guided into the pilot bore.
7.3
(51 Meter/kgs.)
(14 Meter/kgs.)
(22 Meter/kgs.)
When rods and rod clamps are new a gap in excess of (13 MM) could be present
between the two halves of the clamp. This is satisfactory provided the faces of the rods are
seating metal to metal. As wear occurs, the halves will pull closer together. Clamping
action will be lost when a gap no longer exist. At this time clamps must be replaced.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
26
7.4
7.5
Cylinder head
Insert the outer seal (5) in the fluid end bore against the liner cage. Slide the cylinder head
plug (10) into fluid end. Apply a liberal coat of grease to both mating thread surfaces of the
cylinder head (2). Screw cylinder head in and tighten with wrench furnished with pump and
sledge hammer.
Fluid leakage through the weep hole will indicate a defective seal or loose cylinder head.
DO NOT plug weep holes as this can result in severe damage to cylinder head threads,
thread rings, etc., in event of a liner seal failure.
7.6
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
27
FD-1600
ASSEMBLY OF FLUID END PARTS
Figure 9B
A cross section through the fluid end is shown in fig. 9B. With reference to fig. 9B
thoroughly clean and assemble the fluid end parts in the following manner:
Note: All of the parts in this fluid end assembly are designed with metal to metal seating
to alleviate friction wear from breathing action encountered in modern high
pressure pump operation. For this reason it is essential that all parts be clean
and free of rust, nicks and burrs before being assembled.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
8.1
EPL- 1911
01
28
Liner
Install wear plate seal (1) in counterbore of fluid end. Slide wear plate (2) over studs until it
seats against fluid end. Slide liner thread ring (3) over studs with the starting thread at the
5 oclock position and tighten nuts to 470-510 ft. lbs. (65-70 m/kgs.) torque.
Note: Placing the starting thread at 5 oclock position makes engaging the liner lock
threads much easier.
Place liner seal (4) in counterbore of wear plate. Apply thin coat of grease to ID of liner
lock (5) and slide over rear of liner (6). Install two-piece liner lock ring (7) in liner groove
and O ring to hold them in position.
Slide liner handling tool over liner up against liner lock ring and tighten set screw to secure
it in place. Hoist liner assembly into position with jib hoist.
Note: FD pumps are factory equipped with jib booms and liner handling tools. If older
pumps are converted to FD fluid ends a jib boom should be added to the pump
frame as considerable weight is involved in handling the liner assembly.
Apply liberal coat of grease to liner lock threads. Align the starting thread of the liner lock
(5) to the 7 oclock position and insert the liner into the liner thread ring (3) screw liner lock
in until liner seats in position . Tighten with sledge hammer on hammer lugs.
8.2
Piston Rod
Clean piston (9) and piston rod (8), making sure they are free of nicks and burrs. Install O
ring seal (10) in groove in piston head. Slide piston head on rod while observing that O
ring does not fall out of groove. Tighten piston rod nut (11) to 1200-1600 ft. lbs. (166-121
m/kgs.).
Coat liner I.D. and piston O.D. with grease. Check ends of piston rod and extension rod to
be sure they are clean and free of burrs. Insert piston rod into liner through cylinder head
opening holding piston rod centered at the rear of the liner. Drive the piston into the liner
with a driving tool or a piece of hardwood and sledge hammer. Use caution as the piston
rod approaches the crosshead extension rod that the dowel on the end of the piston rod is
not damaged. The piston rod must be supported and the dowel guided into the pilot bore.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
8.3
EPL- 1911
01
29
(34 m/kgs.)
When rods and rod clamps are new a gap in excess of (13 mm) could be present
between the two halves of the clamp. This is satisfactory provided the faces of the rods are
seating metal to metal. As wear occurs, the halves will pull closer together. Clamping
action will be lost when a gap no longer exists. At this time clamps must be replaced.
Install splash plate on rear of liner.
8.4
8.5
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
8.6
EPL- 1911
01
30
8.7
Suction Flange
The suction flange has a 12 (305mm) standard pipe thread connection and is custom
made to match the companion flange on the pump suction manifold. The flange connection
is sealed off by an O-ring seal (14 OD x 13-1/2 ID x ), (356mm OD x 343mm I.D. x
6.35mm Dia.)
NOTE: Thoroughly clean O-ring groove and face of flanges before making up connection.
Flanges must make up metal to metal to insure proper seal. Tighten flange bolts to 360490 ft. lbs. (50-68 meter kgs.) torque.
CAUTION: If suction pipe is welded to suction flange, remove O-ring prior to welding.
8.8
Accessory Manifold
Fig. 10 is not the standard
discharge arrangement on the
model FD-1600 pump, which uses
the strainer cross configuration.
An accessory manifold, Fig.10, is
available for installation on the
discharge manifold opposite the
discharge end. The manifold will
accommodate a discharge
pulsation dampener (1) and
provides two 3-6000 PSI*side
outlet connections for such items as
a pressure gauge (2) and a shear
relief valve (3).
When manifold is used, install and
maintain as follows:
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
31
The flange on the accessory manifold is a 5-1500 *RTJ. Thoroughly clean ring joint
groove, install ring (4) and tighten the flange bolts (5) to 1200 ft. lbs. torque. To assure
uniform make-up of the ring joint connection, tighten the nuts in a criss-cross order.
The shear relief valve (3) is installed on the discharge manifold for the purpose of
protecting the pump from excessively high pressure overloads.
The relief valve must be installed so that it will be directly exposed to the mud. DO NOT
PUT ANY TYPE OF SHUT OFF VALVE between the relief valve and the manifold. Pipe
the discharge side of the relief valve directly into the mud pit with as few turns in the line as
possible. IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED for the discharge side of the valve to be piped into
the suction line of the pump.
* 5 -
= 127mm
LUBRICATION
Proper lubrication of the moving parts in any piece of machinery is the most important
single factor affecting its ultimate life. To obtain maximum trouble-free service life from the
power end of the National Oilwell Varco pump, it is necessary to perform routine
maintenance care and inspections to insure the proper amount of CLEAN lubricant is being
provided.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
32
The FD-Series pumps utilize the controlled flow oil bath splash and pressure system to
lubricate the entire power end. The type of pressure system provided in each individual
pump will govern the minimum SPM at which the pump can be operated, i.e. pumps which
have pressure lubrication only to the main and pinion bearings, have a minimum rated
speed of 40 SPM. Pumps in which pressure lubrication is provided to the main, pinion, and
crosshead bearings and crosshead compartments may be operated at a minimum speed of
25 SPM, provided there is a minimum of 5 PSI oil pressure. (352 grams/cm)
9.1
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
9.2
EPL- 1911
01
33
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
9.3
EPL- 1911
01
34
In this system, filtered oil is supplied to the pump through the suction filter (1) and is
discharged from the pump into the manifold block (2). Oil is distributed from the manifold
block to the pinion shaft bearing oil line (3) and spray nozzle (3A); and to the main bearing
oil line (4) and the crosshead compartment manifold block (4A) located above the
crosshead compartment. The crosshead compartment manifold block (4A) distributes oil to
the crosshead, crosshead bearings, and extension rods. Pumps which do not have the
crosshead compartment manifold block (4A) do not have the total pressure lubrication
system, and therefore have a minimum rated speed of 40 SPM.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
35
A pressure gauge (5) is mounted on the back wall of the frame to show oil pressure being
maintained in the manifold block. The oil pressure will, of course, vary with the speed of
the main pump, however if a sudden pressure drop or increase occurs, refer to the section
on maintenance of lubrication system for possible cause.
A pressure relief valve (6) is mounted to the manifold block to keep excess pressure form
damaging oil pump and drive. The relief valve is preset at 40 PSI and must not be
tampered with.
NOTE: If specified, the oil pump for the pressure lubrication system can be independently
powered by an electric motor or some other type of prime mover. When the
independently driven oil pump is used, some type of alarm device or power
interlock must be installed to assure the oil pump is operating when the main pump
is put into service.
When installing the internally mounted oil pump (9, Fig. 13), position pump so that the back
face of the drive gear is flush and parallel with the edge of the main gear, and gear teeth
have*.010-.015 backlash. Remove inspection plate on power end cover for access to the
internally mounted oil pump and filter screen. (* .25 - .38mm)
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
36
A typical layout for the pinion shaft driven oil pump is shown in Fig. 14. The oil pump (1) is
piped into the oil system through the suction and pressure connections on the bottom
inside wall of the power frame. Ref. Item 10, Fig. 13. The V-belt drive (2) is adjusted by
moving pump up or down on the mounting bracket.
Adjust the V-belt drive (2) to a point where the two halves of the belt can almost be
pinched together between the thumb and fingers at the center of the drive.
Overtightening can cause premature failure of the pump.
When link type belting is used, caution should be exercised in predetermining belt
elongation. Link type belting in A, B and C widths will elongate approximately 1 per foot
(25mm per 305mm). When installing a drive, subtract 1 per foot from actual required
length (132 required - install 121) and stretch to fit. (Subtract 25mm/305mm)
To prevent possible injury, always install guard (3, Fig. 14) over V-belts before putting
pump into service.
10
www.nov.com
FD-800
FD-1600
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
37
ONCE EACH TOUR, check and maintain oil level at the FULL mark on the bayonet gauge.
PUMP MUST BE SHUT DOWN and allowed to stand idle for approximately five minutes to
allow oil level to equalize.
ONCE EACH SIX MONTHS, or more often if oil becomes contaminated with abrasive
particles or corrosive compounds, drain and flush the oil reservoir and refill with new
lubricant. Oil drains are located on either side of the pump frame.
During the flushing procedure, thoroughly clean the oil troughs and the compartment in top
of the crosshead guide. Also clean or replace the filter element in the air breather cap and
clean suction screen. Remove covers from settling chamber and purge out contaminants
before adding new oil.
Routine inspection on condition of oil should be made as condensation of moisture in the
air, intrusion of mud, water or dirt, can necessitate a more frequent oil change.
A settling chamber is located in the forward area of the power end floor. Contamination in
the oil splashed into this area is allowed to settle out and should be drained out of the pump
through the clean out covers located on the frame wall underneath the crosshead
inspection doors.
Once each month, remove clean out covers on both sides of pump to drain contaminated
oil from settling chamber. Approximately 15-gallons of oil will be lost; replenish the main
reservoir to compensate for the amount drained out.
Once each week, remove one of the lower capscrews that secure the clean out cover to
the frame to drain off water condensate.
ONCE EACH TOUR, check oil level in main reservoir. Maintain at full mark on dipstick to
the manifold block. If loss of pressure occurs, check for:
- Clogged suction screen
- Low oil level
- Slipping V-belt drive
- Broken or loose connections
- Damaged or worn oil pump
- Defective Relief Valve
For an abnormal increase in oil pressure, check for:
- Plugged oil lines
- Contamination causing oil to be viscous
- Relief valve inoperative
- Defective gauge
- Other conditions
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
38
11
MAINTENANCE
11.1
Power End
Routine inspection of the power end is the most important form of preventive maintenance
and will result in considerable savings by detecting any major trouble that might be
developing and allowing the necessary repairs to be made on a planned or normal rig-down
time.
1. Check tightness of the main bearing bolts. Bolts must be tightened to the following
torque:
FD-500
FD-1000
FD-800
FD-1600
2. Safety wires Check safety wires on all bolts including the main bearing hold-down bolts, eccentric
bearing retainer bolts, and gear retainer bolts. Replace any broken wires after
retightening the bolts. Refer to crankshaft assembly section for bolt torque
requirements.
3. Oil lines Check all oil lines to insure they are intact and free of obstructions. Check oil pump
suction hose for damage or flat areas.
4. Suction filter Check condition of suction filter. Clean and replace as required.
5. Main bearing cover Remove the main bearing cover and check tightness of main bearing retainer bolts,
condition of the bearing rollers, etc. Clean and remove any sludge or foreign substance
that might have accumulated at the bottom of the bearing area.
6. Main gear and pinion teeth Inspect the condition of the main gear teeth and pinion gear teeth for any indications of
abnormal wear. During the initial break-in period there will be some pitting on the face
of the gear teeth. This is referred to as initial pitting and is not harmful to the life of the
gear. However, if routine inspection indicates the degree of pitting continues to
increase, immediately contact the local representative of the pump manufacturer for a
more thorough inspection of the gear.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
39
7. Crosshead pin bolts and crosshead guides Remove cover and check condition of the crosshead pin bolts and safety wires. (Center
crosshead pin bolts can be reached by removing back cover and placing eccentric on
outer top dead center.) Tighten crosshead bolts (Item 4, Fig.19) to the following torque:
FD-500
FD-800
Roller Bearings
Although the basic construction of the various sizes of National Oilwell Varco pumps varies
somewhat, they all have one very important detail in common -- roller bearings. A roller
bearing is a precisely built machine within itself; therefore, careful handling is required in
order to obtain the long service life and high load carrying characteristics associated with
anti-friction bearings.
The main bearings are self-aligning spherical roller bearings. The pinion shaft is mounted
on straight roller bearings. The eccentric bearings are straight roller with thrust plates on
each side to keep the eccentric straps in line, and the crosshead pin bearings are straight
needle roller bearings.
None of the bearings require special adjustments.
All inner and outer races are assembled by means of very accurate fits. This accuracy is
necessary; therefore, if the bearings are to be used again, the inner and outer races and
the roller assemblies of each bearing must be kept together, and reinstalled exactly as they
came off.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
40
It is always necessary to completely replace any roller bearing that fails, even though only
one part of the bearing shows damage. Since the running clearances of these bearings are
extremely small, excessive clearances, worn or grooved raceways, and any pitting or
flaking of the parts is indicative of failure and the entire bearing should be changed as soon
as possible.
All roller bearings are assembled to their shafts by means of shrink fits. (Ref. bearing fit
data under each shaft assembly.) Damaged or worn bearings and raceways can be
removed by driving them off the shaft with a bar and hammer. They can be cut off the shaft
with a burning torch, but care must be taken not to burn into the shaft. Bearings should
always be heated in an oil bath, the temperature of which should not exceed 300F
(149C). Be certain that both the oil and the container are very clean. If the oil container is
in direct contact with the fire, place a rack into the container so that the bearings will not
rest on the bottom. Do not leave the bearings in the oil bath longer than three minutes.
Do not heat the bearings with a torch unless it is the only possible means available. When
it is necessary to use a torch, it should be used only by an experienced welder or
mechanic. Hold the torch at least 6 inches (150mm) away from the bearing and keep the
torch moving at all times. Heat the bearing only until it is hot to the touch. Use a Tempil
stick. DO NOT OVERHEAT THE BEARING. Overheating draws the temper of the metal
and makes the bearing soft.
Once the heated bearing is in place on the shaft, hold it in place until it cools. NEVER USE
WATER OR ANY OTHER LIQUID TO COOL A HOT BEARING. Rapid cooling will cause
the surfaces of the races and rollers to check or crack and the bearing will fail
immediately.
Never strike a roller bearing with a steel hammer. If the bearing must be driven into
position, use wood or a soft hammer and strike lightly.
Always lubricate the shaft or housing before installing the bearing. Clean white lead, or an
anti-seize compound, is the best lubricant for this purpose.
Do not remove a new bearing from the box or wrapping until it is to be installed. Protect it
from dirt and other foreign matter at all times. If a bearing must be cleaned, use clean
kerosene or other solvent.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
11.3
EPL- 1911
01
41
Chart I
Inches
DESCRIPTION
POSITION
FD-500
FD-800
FD-1000
FD-1600
T.0012-T.0022 T.0014-T.0024
T.002 -T.0042
T.0016-T.0038
L.0015-T.0005 L.0004-L.0024
L.0042-L.0006
L.0004-L.0040
L.003 -L.008
L.003 -L.005
L.003 -L.008
L.003 -L.008
Millimeters
Inner Race to Shaft
T.03 -T.06
T.036 -T.061
T.051 -T.107
T.041 -T.097
L.04 -T.01
L.010 -L.061
L.107 -L.015
L.010 -L.102
L.08 -L.21
L.076 - L.203
L.076 - L.203
L.076 -L.127
The pinion is an integral part of the shaft, leaving only the installation of the bearings and oil
seal spacer to complete the assembly.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
42
The running clearances of the bearings are predetermined by their precision fit to the shaft
and the bearing carrier. When performing maintenance or overhaul, make sure the fits
shown in Chart I are obtained.
When installing the pinion shaft assembly in the pump, observe the following precautions:
a. Insure pinion bearing carrier gasket (1) and oil seal carrier gasket (2) are in place
and in good condition.
b. The pinion bearing carrier (3) and the oil seal carrier (4) have the word TOP cast in
the face of the flange. MAKE SURE THE CARRIERS ARE INSTALLED WITH THIS
MARK AT THE TOP to correctly position oil troughs and align drain holes.
c. Remove burrs, dents or gouges from the OD of the oil seal spacer (5) before sliding
oil seal carrier (4) into place. Exercise care when sliding lip of seal over end of shaft
to prevent it from being damaged by the sharp edge of the keyway. Also pay
particular attention to insure oil seal lip IS NOT TURNED UNDER by edge of spacer
when sliding seal onto the spacer.
d. Tighten pinion bearing carrier bolts (6) to the approximate torque shown below:
FD-500 100-125 ft. lbs. (14-17 m/kgs.)
FD-1000 80-160 ft. lbs. (11-22 m/kgs.)
FD-800
FD-1600
e. Check condition of the pinion bearing inner and outer race and rollers. If there is any
indication of galling, flaking or grooving, or if diametral clearance exceeds .008.010, it is recommended the entire bearing be replaced. (.20 - .25mm)
11.4
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
43
Chart II
Inches
DESCRIPTION
POSI-
FD-500
FD-800
FD-1000
FD-1600
TION
Inner Race to Shaft
T.002-T.003
L.015 - T.0003
L.002 - .000
L.0034-T.0004
L.0038- .000
T.003 -T.007
T.005 -T.007
T.005 -T.009
T.0060-T.0100
.000 -T.004
T.002 -T.004
.000 -T.004
.000 -T.0040
Gear to Flange
L.001 -L.005
L.001 -L.005
L.001 -L.005
L.001 -L.005
L.001 -T.005
L.002 -T.002
L.002 -T.002
L.002 -T.002
T.001-T.0034
T.0022-T.003
.000 -T.003
T.0008-T.004
.000 -T.001
T.001 -T.002
T.001 -T.003
T.001 -T.0032
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
44
Millimeters
Inner Race to Shaft
T.043 -T.069
T.056 -T.081
T.061 -T.122
T.051 -T.112
L.049 - T.010
L.051 - .000
L.086 -T.010
L.096 - .000
T.076 -T.173
T.127 -T.178
T.127 -T.229
T.152 -T.254
.000 T.102
T.127 -T.102
.000 -T.102
.000 -T.102
Gear to Flange
L.025 -L.127
L.025 -L.127
L.025 -L.127
L.025 -L.127
L.025 -L.127
L.051 -T.051
L.051 -T.051
L.051 -T.051
T.025 -T.076
T.056 -T.086
.00 -T.076
T.02 -T.10
.000 -T.025
T.025 -T.051
T.025 -T.076
T.025 -T.081
Set crankshaft on a set of rollers (at main bearing position) and check runout on face of
gear with a dial indicator. If total indicator runout exceeds .006, remove gear and
determine cause of misalignment. (.15mm)
NOTE: If runout on face of gear is checked while crankshaft is mounted in the pump
frame, the running clearance in main bearings will require that a simultaneous set of dial
indicator readings be taken at the end of the shaft and the face of the gear; the actual
face runout at any point being the difference between these readings.
b. Install the outer races of the eccentric bearings (13) and the outer race retainer ring (3)
in the three eccentric straps. Outer race retainer ring must be positioned so that oil
scoop is at the bottom when pump is at mid-stroke. Tighten retainer bolts (4) to the
following torque; safety wire heads.
FD-500
FD-1000
FD-800
FD-1600
NOTE: The inner and outer races of the eccentric bearings are matched and must not
be intermixed.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
45
c. Install the outer race of the crosshead bearings (19) in the three eccentric straps. It is
preferred that the outer race assembly be pressed into position or frozen in dry ice or
a deep freeze until it can be inserted into the bore. Under emergency circumstances,
the outer race assembly can be installed by using a large torch and heating the eye of
the eccentric strap. DO NOT EXCEED 300F (149C) (USE Tempil-Stik) and DO NOT
USE WATER to cool the strap.
NOTE: The inner and outer races of the crosshead bearings are matched and should
not be intermixed.
d. Install the inner race of the crosshead bearing on the crosshead pin and mark according
to their respective eccentric strap positions. Remove all nicks and burrs before
shrinking race into place. Refer to bearing fit Position H, Chart II.
e. Install inner race of the center eccentric bearing on the shaft. Slide center strap into
position and install inner race clamp (5). Tighten socket head screws (8A) in clamp to
the following torque:
FD-500
FD-1000
f. Install snap ring (7) in the groove on RH eccentric and shrink inner race of eccentric
bearing on shaft. After sliding the RH eccentric strap into position, install inner bearing
retainer (14).
Tighten inner race retainer bolts (8) to the following torque and safety wire:
FD-500
FD-1000
g. Install the LH eccentric bearing (other than for snap ring) and eccentric strap under the
same procedure outlined in step (f) above.
h. Place main bearings (9) in the main bearing carriers (10 RH and 11 LH) and install
outer race retainer (12) and retainer bolts (15). Tighten bolts to the following torque and
safety wire:
FD-500
FD-1000
NOTE: Even though the main bearing carriers (10 RH and 11 LH) have different
configurations on the OD, they are interchangeable and will fit into the pump frame on
either side. The purpose of the shoulders on the OD of one of the carriers is to locate
and retain the crankshaft in its respective position in the frame.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
46
i. After installing the two main bearing spacers (16), shrink main bearings (9) on each end
of the shaft. Install inner race retainers (17) and retainer bolts (18). Tighten retainer
bolts to the following torque and safety wire:
FD-500
FD-1000
11.5
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
47
a. Install .020 (.51 mm) shims under both ends of the main bearing cap.
b. Place a piece of lead wire (approximately 1/32 diameter) (.79mm ) or Plastigage
between OD of bearing carrier and ID of bearing cap, as near center of bearing cap
as can be determined, and tighten main bearing cap bolts to torque values shown in
Chart III.
c. Remove main bearing cap and determine clearance between bore of cap and OD of
bearing carrier by either mikeing thickness of lead or measuring compressed
dimension of Plastigage.
d. Using this dimension, calculate the required thickness of shims as follows:
Subtract thickness of compressed lead or
Plastigage from the original .020 (.51mm) shim
thickness. Then subtract .003 (.076mm) for preload.
The result is the correct shim thickness required.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
Example:
.020
.004
.016
.003
.013
Less
Less
EPL- 1911
01
48
Original shims
Lead Thickness
(0.51mm)
Less (0.102mm)
(.408mm)
Clamp Fit
Less (.076mm)
Correct Shim Thickness (.332mm)
11.6
Ft. Lbs.
Wrench
Thread
Torque
Wrench
Thread
Torque
Size
Size
Meter Kg.
Size
Size
FD-500
3000
1-1/4
1-3/4 - 8
609
31.75 mm
44.4
FD-800
6360
2-1/4-8
880
76.2mm
57.2 - 8/25.4mm
FD-1000
8800
3-1/4
2-1/2-8
1217
82.5mm
57.2 - 8/25.4mm
FD-1600
9750
3-5/8
3-8
1348
92.0mm
76.2 - 8/25.4mm
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
49
The upper and lower crosshead guides are NOT interchangeable. The guides are
machined so that the lower guide places the crosshead frame centerline, and upper
guides are machined to afford proper crosshead to guide clearance. The guides are
marked UPPER and LOWER.
3. Install upper and lower guides. Torque guide screws to 150 - 200 ft. lbs. (20.84 - 27.60
meter kgs.) Install lock pins by bending in the middle until the ends of lock pin fit into
counterbore. Align ends of lock pin with pin holes in guide and straighten pin guiding
the ends into the holes.
4. Check between frame and guide at points A, Fig. 19, with .002 (.051mm) feeler gauge
to make sure guides fit into frame bore. NO gap should be present.
11.7
Installation of Crossheads
The crossheads in the pumps can be installed through the front (fluid end) or back end of
the crosshead guide. Reference Fig. 19. When installing crossheads, observe the following
precautions:
2. Position eye of eccentric strap at the opening in the side of the crosshead guide.
Block eccentric strap so that crosshead will clear the eye as it is sliding into position to
where the crosshead pin holes are in alignment.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
50
3. Install the left hand crosshead first. Rotate eccentric assembly to move eye into
center crosshead and right hand eccentric strap eye back, affording clearance to
install center pin through right hand crosshead inspection door. Remove diaphragm
stuffing box plate (1, Fig. 19) and install right hand crosshead through this bore. Slide
into place and install crosshead pin.
* NOTE: If old crossheads are to be reused, inspect the sliding surfaces for wear or
scoring. If necessary, the crossheads may be switched to opposite sides of the
pump and rotated 180 to provide a smooth surface for the bottom of the
crosshead. The center crosshead can be rotated 180 and the crosshead pin
installed from the opposite side of pump.
Slide crosshead pin into bore but do not seat on taper until the crosshead pin retainer
(2) has been installed.
4. Install crosshead pin retainer (2) and retainer bolts (3) and rotate pin until the four
crosshead retainer to crosshead bolt holes (4) are in alignment. Install the crosshead
retainer to crosshead bolts (4) and make up hand tight.
Referring back to fig.12, page B-2, crosshead pin (4) can be installed without regard to
oil holes (5). Two holes are provided so the pin can be rotated 180 in relation to pin to
retainer plate screws (3).
Seat crosshead pin in tapered bore by bumping large end with a light blow. Tighten
retainer bolts (3 and 4, Fig. 19) to the following torque and safety wire:
FD-500
FD-1000
FD-800
FD-1600
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
51
NOTE: Less running clearance at center of crosshead can be cause by swelling from
overtightening the crosshead pin retainer bolts (4). If present, loosen pin and retighten
into place by using the make-up torques shown in paragraph 4.
11.8
12
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
52
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
53
However, to obtain accurate alignment, all nicks or burrs must be removed from pilot boss
and frame bore and all dirt and foreign matter cleaned form the mating surfaces; otherwise
cylinder blocks could make up in a cocked or misaligned position.
The fit between pilot boss and frame bore (Position A) is as follows:
Pilot Boss to Frame
(L.05mm) (L.20mm)
L.002 - L.008
Install the three cylinder block nuts to the torque values shown in Chart V.
12.2
Suction Manifold
The suction manifold (3) bolts to each cylinder block and is sealed through the O-ring (4) in
the connection flange. Thoroughly clean O-ring groove, the O-ring sealing surface on
bottom of the cylinder block, and replace O-ring seal before bolting manifold into position.
The flange connection MUST make up metal-to-metal to retain the O-ring seal, therefore
any nicks, grooves or washouts on the sealing surface must be repaired before installation.
Ref. Welding and Repair Section in this manual for repair procedures.
Start all suction manifold bolts (5) in the three cylinder blocks before tightening. Tighten to
torque values shown in Chart V.
12.3
Discharge Manifold
The discharge manifold (6) bolts to each cylinder block and is sealed through the O-ring in
the connection flange.
Thoroughly clean the O-ring groove, the O-ring sealing surface on face of the cylinder block
before bolting the manifold back into position. The flange connection MUST make up
metal-to-metal to retain the O-ring seal, therefore any nicks, grooves, or washouts on this
sealing surface must be repaired before installation. Ref. Welding and Repair Section in
this manual for repair procedures.
Start all discharge manifold bolts (8) in the three cylinder blocks before tightening. Tighten
to torque values shown in Chart V. Tighten cylinder block to power frame stud nuts to
torque values shown in Chart V.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
12.4
EPL- 1911
01
54
12.5
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
55
Chart V
POSITION
ITEM
FD-500
TORQUE
FT-LBS.
FD-500
TORQUE
METER-KG
1600
1600
221
221
Suction Manifold
150
240
21
33
Discharge Manifold
710
1000
98
138
Thread Ring
10
710
1360
98
188
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
56
Chart VI
POSITION
Inches
FD-500
Millimeters
FD-800
FD-500
FD-1000
www.nov.com
FD-800
FD-1000
8.505-8.510
8.755-8.760
216.02-216.15 222.38-222.50
7.505-7.508
7.766-7.758
190.63-190.70 196.98-197.05
12-1/2
13-3/8
6.125-6.130
6.775-6.780
155.58-155.70 172.08-172.21
5.375-5.380
6.010-6.015
136.53-136.65 152.65-152.78
4.995-5.000
5.622-5.627
126.87-127.00 142.80-142.93
50.8
101.6
2-1/2
4-1/2
63.5
114.3
317.5
339.7
Document number
Revision
Page
FD-1600
www.nov.com
EPL- 1911
01
57
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
58
Chart VIII
Inches
Millimeters
8.250-8.255
209.55-209.68
7.125-7.130
180.97-181.10
8.252-8.255
209.60-209.68
14.499-14.501
368.27-368.32
x 45
6.35 x 45
2.995-3.000
76.07-76.20
.625-.630
15.87-16.00
1.120-1.130
28.45-28.70
5.870-5.880
149.10-149.35
6.247-6.252
158.67-158.80
6.630-6.635
168.40-168.53
7.375-7.380
187.32-187.45
.495-.505
12.57-12.83
12.6
Welding Procedures
Weld repairs can usually be separated into two categories:
(1) Washes, and (2) Cracks. Listed below is the basic information for the repairs:
Washout:
Cracks:
- Grind out all of crack. Any attempt to burn out a crack will only result in the
crack progressing faster than the material can be burned.
- Follow the same welding procedure as above.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
59
Preheating: - The purpose of preheating is to expand the area being repaired so that as
the cooling process takes place, the welded area and the preheated area will
cool more uniformly. Preheating also prevents hard spots from forming
between the base metal and the welding by eliminating a thermal shock as
the weld is being applied. This hard spot will, of course, be a good place for
fatigue cracks to occur.
12.7
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
EPL- 1911
01
60
FD-500
lbs.
Pinion Shaft
FD-800
kgs.
lbs.
FD-1000
kgs.
lbs
kgs.
2,373
1,077
4,744 15,179
6,885
326
1,630
5,185
2,352
7,458
119
54
258
117
363
165
431
196
33
15
123
56
177
80
201
91
341
155
262
119
340
154
379
172
Suction Manifold
258
117
429
195
704
319
704
319
Discharge Manifold
390
177
696
316
717
325
740
336
1,527
693
1,140
517
1,140
517
1,865
846
Crosshead
Crosshead Pin & Retainer
www.nov.com
1,709
kgs.
718
Crankshaft Assy.
740
lbs.
FD-1600
3,383 10,479
775
REFERENCE
RIG/PLANT
ADDITIONAL CODE
SDRL CODE
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER
www.nov.com
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
MP.WARNING
02
Document number
Revision
Page
MP.WARNING
02
2
REVISION HISTORY
02
08.03.2005
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
PG
Prepared
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
02
Change Description
Updated to electronic format from pdf to ms word in new template
www.nov.com
Checked
Approved
Document number
Revision
Page
MP.WARNING
02
3
PRESSURE
RELIEF
VALVES
! Notice !
Our Technical Publications relative to reciprocating pumps, state that pressure relief valves
must be installed in the discharge systems from these units. This supplement is issued to
emphasize the importance of relieving the discharge system of all pressure which exceeds
the rated working pressure applied by the manufacturer to the specific pistons and liners (
or plungers and packing) in any particular unit.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
MP.WARNING
02
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
WARNING......................................................................................................................... 5
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
MP.WARNING
02
5
WARNING
For the protection of persons and properly the discharge system form each Reciprocating
Pump must be equipped with a device which relives the system of all pressures which
exceed the pressure rating applied by the manufacturer to each particular piston or plunger
diameter. Allowances will be made for pressure surges which are inherent with the
reciprocating action of piston and plunger pumps. The percentage of pressure allowance
appears later in this publication and the Standards of the Hydraulic Institute (13th Edition)
The relieving device must provide for instantaneous pressure relief, it may be a valve
designed for automatic or manual resetting; however, if preferred, rupture discs or burst
may be installed.
Failure to comply with the procedures outlined in the Warning may result in damage to the
pump and related equipment and more importantly may cause serious bodily injury or
death!
1.1
1.2
2.
It must have a working pressure rating, equal to or greater than, the maximum
working pressure of the pump.
3.
The through capacity of the valve, when fully opened, must be sufficient to relieve
the full capacity of the pump without excessive overpressure.
These discs must have a rupture of burst pressure rating consistent with the
specifications tabulated later in this publication.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
1.3
1.4
MP.WARNING
02
6
The relief valve must be on the pump side of any discharge strainer.
3.
The relief valve must be between the pump fluid end and any valve in the discharge
system.
4.
There must be no restricting device(s) between the relief valve and the pump fluid
end.
3.
4.
The line must be the same pipe size as, or may be larger than, the discharge
connection on the relief valve.
5.
If the line is of great length, this must be taken into consideration in sizing the relief
valve.
6.
Note: Follow the foregoing instructions if rupture discs or burst discs are installed.
SUGGESTED SET PRESSURES FOR PUMP RELIEF VALVES
Pump Type
Operating Pump Pressure
Double Acting Duplex
Piston Pressure Rating Plus 25%
Double Acting Triplex
Piston Pressure Rating Plus 10%
Double Acting Quintuplex
Piston Pressure Rating Plus 10%
Single Acting Triplex
Piston Pressure Rating Plus 10%
Single Acting Simplex
Plunger Pressure Rating Plus 25%
Single Acting Duplex
Plunger Pressure Rating Plus 10%
Single Acting Triplex
Plunger Pressure Rating Plus 10%
Single Acting Quintuplex
Plunger Pressure Rating Plus 10%
Single Acting Septuplex
Plunger Pressure Rating Plus 10%
Note: The above set pressures are to be observed when installing rupture discs or burst
discs.
www.nov.com
Page 1 of 3
Product:
Affected
Assemblies:
Objective:
Issue:
During the initial mud pump wear-in period, it is common to see initial
pitting on the tooth faces of Triplex Mud Pump gears.
Solution:
Page 2 of 3
impact loading encountered in oilfield drilling operations. The results of not
using the recommended gear oil may permit metal-to-metal contact of the
gear teeth, which will be noticeable in the form of excessive pitting and wear
on the load side of the gear teeth. Excessive pitting and wear can result in an
increased risk of mud pump damage. National Oilwell Varco recommends
that an ISO viscosity grade 460 oil be used during the wear-in period
for all P-Series Mud Pumps. The duration of the wear-in period is
considered the first 2000 hours of use but can vary depending on usage.
After the wear-in period has been accomplished, the lubricating oil
should be selected from the appropriate temperature range in Table 1
below:
PSERIESMUDPUMPS
AGMAINDUSTRIALEPGEAROIL
TEMPERATURE
50Fto155F(10Cto68C)
AGMA#7EPorASTM/ISOVGGrade460
Viscosity414506CST@100F(38C)
20Fto100F(7Cto38C)
AGMA#6EPorASTM/ISOVGGrade320
Viscosity288352CST@100F(38C)
20Fto60F(29Cto16C)
TEMPERATURE
AGMA#2EPorASTM/ISOVGGrade68
Viscosity6175CST@100F(38C)
FSERIESMUDPUMPS
AGMAINDUSTRIALEPGEAROIL
30Fto155F(1Cto68C)
AGMA#6EPorASTM/ISOVGGrade320
Viscosity288352CST@100F(38C)
0Fto85F(18Cto33C)
AGMA#4EPorASTM/ISOVGGrade150
Viscosity135165CST@100F(38C)
Page 3 of 3
PROCEDURE
THE USE OF AND APPLICATION OF
SAFETY WIRE FOR SECONDARY
RETENTION
RIG/PLANT
ADDITIONAL CODE
SDRL CODE
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
ASP00019
Document number
Revision
Page
ASP00019
A
2
REVISION HISTORY
A
Rev
15/04/2011
10/03/1995
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
SEE ECN
First Issue
Reason for issue
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
A
Change Description
First Issue
SEE ECN
C. SILVA
KTK
Prepared
T. GORMSEN
K DAW
Checked
T. GORMSEN
JES
Approved
Document number
Revision
Page
ASP00019
A
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
2
3
4
5
SCOPE.............................................................................................................................. 3
APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................... 4
REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................. 4
3.1 MATERIAL AND SIZE ............................................................................................ 4
3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................. 5
3.3 LOCK-WIRING METHODS .................................................................................... 6
3.4 OTHER APPLICATIONS ........................................................................................ 7
3.5 ILLUSTRATION OF TYPICAL LOCK-WIRE APPLICATION .................................. 8
QA PROVISIONS.............................................................................................................. 9
NOTES .............................................................................................................................. 9
SCOPE
Document number
Revision
Page
ASP00019
A
4
This procedure establishes the method for the selection and application of safety wire.
Lock wiring is the application of wire to prevent relative movement of structure or other
critical components subject to vibration, tension, torque, etc.
This procedure is intended to help eliminate the risk of dropped objects in
components or parts manufactured.
Bolts, Nuts and Screws are the common type of fasteners used on NOV
equipment. They need to be locked (secondary retention) against loss of torque / pretension.
Use of safety wire to prevent rotation of fasteners is a safe and primarily
recommended secondary retention method for fasteners. It is the most preferred
method because it not only prevents fasteners from loosening but also keeps them from
falling in case of primary retention failure (bolt head Breaks off) and effectively prevents
dropped objects.
Note that the secondary retention will work only if the primary retention method is
properly in place, i.e. bolts and screws are tightened and torqued as per specifications,
and there is no play between the mating elements. Secondary retention methods aim in
preventing any compromise in primary retention, loss of pre-tension in assembled
fasteners, loosening and backing out.
Definitions:
Secondary Retention The means of effectively retaining a fastener/joining component
such that the operating loads do not compromise the integrity of the primary fastening
component.
2
APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS
DS00008-DES
DESIGN TORQUE STANDARDS
Machinerys Handbook 27th Edition
3
3.1
REQUIREMENTS
Document number
Revision
Page
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.2
ASP00019
A
5
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3.2.1 Safety wire shall be new upon each application.
3.2.2 Parts shall be lockwired in such a manner that the lockwire shall be put in tension
when the part tends to loosen.
3.2.3 The lockwire should always be installed and twisted so that the loop around the
head stays down and does not tend to come up over bolt head and leave a slack loop.
3.2.4 Care shall be exercised when installing lockwire to ensure that it is tight but not
over stressed.
3.2.5 Properly twisted lockwire will have 7-12 twists per inch for .032 wire and 6-8 turns
for .052 wire. More twists will over stress the wire and cause fatigue and breakage.
3.2.6 A pigtail should be to 5/8 in length (4-8 twists) at the end of the wiring. This
pigtail shall be bent back or under to prevent it from becoming a snag.
3.2.7 As per the Machinerys Handbook 27th edition the following rules apply:
a) No more than three (3) bolts may be tied together.
b) Bolt heads may be tied as shown only when the female thread receiver is
captive.(see figure 1)
c) Lockwire must fill a minimum of 50% of the drilled hole provided for the
use of lockwire.
d) Diameter of lockwire is determined by the thread size of the fastener to be
lockwired.
1) Thread sizes of 6 mm (0.25 inch) and smaller use 0.508mm (0.020
inch) wire.
2) Thread sizes of 6 mm (0.25 inch) to 12 mm (0.5 inch) use 0.8128 mm
(0.032 inch) wire.
3) Thread sizes > 12 mm (0.5 inch) use 1.1938 mm (0.047 inch) OR
1.295mm (0.051) wire.
The larger wire may be used in smaller bolts in cases of convenience, but smaller
wire must not be used in larger fastener sizes.
Document number
Revision
Page
ASP00019
A
6
3.3
LOCK-WIRING METHODS
3.3.1 The method involves threading a wire through holes in the fastener to lock it
against being rotated loose. The wire is twisted before being threaded and is locked to
next bolt. Safety wire should be placed in and around bolt head to maintain the pre-load.
The use of safety wire ties is illustrated in figure 1 above. The illustrations assume the
use of right-hand threaded fasteners.
3.3.2 The double-twist method:
The double-twist method of lock-wiring shall be used as the common method of
lock-wiring.
CAUTION: screws in closely spaced geometric which secure hydraulic or air seals, hold
hydraulic pressure, or used in critical areas of clutch mechanism should use double twist
method of lock-wiring. Make sure that the wire is so installed that it can easily be broken
when required in an emergency situation.
3.3.3 Lock-wiring widely spaced multiple groups by the double twist method.
a) When the multiple fasteners are from 4-6 inches apart, three (3) fasteners
shall be the maximum number in a series that can be safety wired
together.
b) When the multiple fasteners are spaced more than 6 inches apart, the
multiple fastener application specified in Figure 1 shall not be used unless
tie points are provided on adjacent parts to shorten the span of the wire to
less than 6 inches.
c) One end of the safety wire shall be inserted through one set of lockwire
holes in the head of the bolt. The other end of the safety wire shall be
looped around the bolt head in the tightening direction.
Document number
Revision
Page
ASP00019
A
7
d) The strands, while taut, shall be twisted until the twisted part is just short of
the nearest hole in the next bolt. The twisted portion shall be within 1/8 of
the holes in each bolt as shown in figure 1 above.
e) After wiring the last bolt, the wire shall be twisted to form a pigtail of 2-4
twists. The excess wire shall be cut off. The pigtail shall be bent back or
under the part to prevent it from becoming a snag.
3.3.4 Single wire method:
The single wire method may be used in a closely spaced, closed geometrical
pattern (triangle, square, circle, etc.) on parts in an electrical system, and in places that
would make the single-method more advisable as shown in figure 2 below. Closely
spaced shall be considered a maximum of two inches between centers. Maximum length
of wire shall not exceed 24 in total length.
3.4
OTHER APPLICATIONS
Document number
Revision
Page
ASP00019
A
8
3.4.1 Hollow head bolts are safety wired in the manner prescribed for regular bolts.
3.4.2 Drain plugs and cocks may be wired to a bolt, nut, or other part having a free lock
hole in accordance with the general instructions contained herein.
3.4.3 External snap rings may be locked if necessary in accordance with the general
locking principles contained herein.
3.4.4 Internal snap rings shall never be lockwired.
3.4.5 Bolts and hardware may be wired using SAFE-T-Cable. Follow procedure
D744000087-PRO-001.
Safe-T-Cable can be used similar to Safety/Lock wire to secure Fasteners. The safety
cable installation procedure is shown in Figure. The safety cable comes in pre-cut
lengths with stubs on one end. After sewing through the holes in the fasteners they are
tightened and crimped using a ferrule cartridge and crimping tool.
They are more convenient to use and take only a fraction of the time to secure fasteners
as compared to safety wire as no wire twisting is required. However additional tools like
ferrule cartridge and crimping tool are required. For additional information refer Safe-TCable (website http://www.dmctools.com/Catalog/safe_t_cable.htm).
3.5
Document number
Revision
Page
QA PROVISIONS
NOTES
ASP00019
A
9
DS00008
Design Specification
Design Torque Standard
CURRENT
DRAWN
TITLE
INITIAL
D.TRUONG
A. Vargas
CHECKED
B.RICE
B. Levay
APPVD
B.RICE
JB
DATE
7/25/11
11.13.1992
SIZE
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
1
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
NOTES
1. Unless noted, all values are based on light machine oil or anti seize lubricated bolts (not high
pressure lubes)
2. NOV does not recommend assembling bolts dry
3. Proof Strength is 92% of minimum yield strength
4. Torque values given represent 70% to 80% of proof strength
5. Clamp force is based on 75% of proof strength
6. These torque values are to be followed unless otherwise specified
7. If torqueing into aluminum, contact engineering for appropriate torque value.
8. After proper torque has been established in accordance with specification, fasteners shall be
immediately identified as being torqued by either:
a) Being safety wired in accordance with ASP00019 and/or
b) Marked with an X using either a red or yellow paint marker.
SIZE
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
2
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
GRADE 2
T.S. = 74,000 PSI to DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 55,000 PSI
T.S. = 60,000 PSI 7/8 to 1-1/2 DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 33,000 PSI
COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC
Max.
Clamp
Dia-Threads
Min. Torque
Torque
Force
(ft-lbf)
Per Inch
(ft-lbf)
(lb)
1/4 20
5.7
6.3
1,320
5/16 18
10.5
11.6
2,160
3/8 16
19
21
3,200
7/16 14
29
32
4,380
1/2 13
48
53
5,840
9/16 12
67
74
7,500
5/8 11
95
105
9,300
3/4 10
166
184
13,800
7/8 9
157
173
11,400
18
238
263
15,000
1 1/8 7
333
368
18,900
1 1/4 7
475
525
24,000
1 3/8 6
627
639
28,600
1 1/2 6
827
914
34,800
1/4 28
5/16 24
3/8 24
7/16 20
1/2 20
9/16 18
5/8 18
3/4 16
7/8 14
14
1 1/8 12
1 1/4 12
1 3/8 12
1 1/2 12
1,500
2,400
3,620
4,900
6,600
8,400
10,600
15,400
12,600
16,400
21,200
26,600
32,500
39,100
SIZE
GRADE 5
T.S. = 120,000 PSI to 1 DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 85,00 PSI
T.S. = 105,000 PSI 1-1/8 to 1-1/2 DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 74,000 PSI
Min.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
7.6
16
29
48
71
105
143
247
409
608
760
1,064
1,387
1,843
Max.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
8.4
18
32
53
79
116
158
273
452
672
840
1,176
1,533
2,037
9.5
18
33
52
86
114
162
285
447
665
836
1,178
1,596
2,090
10.5
20
37
58
95
126
179
315
494
735
924
1,302
1,764
2,310
2,320
3,700
5,600
7,550
10,700
12,950
16,300
23,800
32,400
42,200
47,500
59,600
73,000
87,700
DWG NO
DS00008
NONE
7
7
7
7
REV
A
SCALE
Clamp
Force
(lb)
2,020
3,340
4,940
6,800
9,050
11,600
14,400
21,300
29,400
38,600
42,300
53,800 7
64,100 7
78,000 7
WT LBS
SHEET
F
3
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
GRADE 8
TENSILE STRENGTH = 150,000 PSI
PROOF STRENGTH = 120,000 PSI
1/4 28
5/16 24
3/8 24
7/16 20
1/2 20
9/16 18
5/8 18
3/4 16
7/8 14
14
1 1/8 12
1 1/4 12
1 3/8 12
1 1/2 12
SIZE
HOLO-KROME
TENSILE STRENGTH = 170,000 PSI
PROOF STRENGTH = 136,000 PSI
7
7
7
7
7
Min.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
12
26
47
75
114
163
226
404
651
969
1,349
1,967
2,565
3,411
Max.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
14
28
51
83
126
181
250
446
719
1,071
1,491
2,174
2,835
3,770
7
7
7
7
7
7
14
29
52
84
124
183
258
451
718
1,064
1,511
2,180
2,926
4,769
16
32
58
92
137
203
286
499
794
1,176
1,670
2,410
3,234
5,271
7
7
7
7
7
3,750
5,920
8,050
12,150
16,250
20,700
26,200
38,000
51,900
67,600
87,000
109,400
134,000
201,000
7
7
7
7
7
7
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
Clamp
Force
(lb)
3,240
5,340
7,920
10,850
14,450
18,500
23,000
34,000
47,000
61,700
77,800
98,700
117,800
143,200
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
4
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
1/4 28
5/16 24
3/8 24
7/16 20
1/2 20
9/16 18
5/8 18
3/4 16
7/8 14
14
1 1/8 12
1 1/4 12
1 3/8 12
1 1/2 12
1,611
2,567
3,885
5,252
7,076
8,983
11,328
11,470
15,652
20,387
26,322
32,995
10,436
49,616
Min.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
8.6
18.1
33.3
52
80
116
160
282
456
684
968
1,366
1,792
2,378
Max.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
9.5
20.0
36.8
58
88
128
176
312
504
756
1,070
1,510
1,980
2,628
10.5
20.9
37
59
90
129
181
315
503
748
1,087
1,513
2,040
2,675
11.6
23.1
41
65
100
143
200
349
555
826
1,201
1,973
2,254
2,957
Clamp
Force
(lb)
2,266
3,734
5,522
7,574
10,110
12,968
16,103
23,798
32,918
43,179
54,364
69,041
82,294
100,106
7
7
7
7
2,594
4,133
6,256
8,457
11,393
14,464
18,240
26,576
36,266
47,239
60,900
76,451
93,694
122,646
7
7
7
7
7
F593
U
F593
G or H
SIZE
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
5
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
GRADE 2
T.S. = 74,000 PSI to DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 55,000 PSI
T.S. = 60,000 PSI 7/8 to 1-1/2 DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 33,000 PSI
COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC
Max.
Clamp
Dia-Threads
Min. Torque
Torque
Force
(ft-lbf)
Per Inch
(ft-lbf)
(lb)
1/4 20
4.3
4.7
1,320
5/16 18
7.8
8.7
2,160
3/8 16
14.3
15.8
3,200
7/16 14
21.4
23.6
4,380
1/2 13
36
39
5,840
9/16 12
50
55
7,500
5/8 11
71
79
9,300
3/4 10
125
138
13,800
7/8 9
118
130
11,400
18
178
197
15,000
1 1/8 7
249
276
18,900
1 1/4 7
356
394
24,000
1 3/8 6
470
520
28,600
1 1/2 6
620
685
34,800
1/4 28
5/16 24
3/8 24
7/16 20
1/2 20
9/16 18
5/8 18
3/4 16
7/8 14
14
1 1/8 12
1 1/4 12
1 3/8 12
1 1/2 12
1,500
2,400
3,620
4,900
6,600
8,400
10,600
15,400
12,600
16,400
21,200
26,600
32,500
39,100
SIZE
GRADE 5
T.S. = 120,000 PSI to 1 DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 85,00 PSI
T.S. = 105,000 PSI 1-1/8 to 1-1/2 DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 74,000 PSI
Min.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
5.7
12.1
21.4
36
53
78
107
185
306
456
570
798
1,040
1,382
Max.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
6.3
13.4
23.6
39
59
87
118
205
339
504
630
882
1,150
1,528
7.1
13.5
25
39
64
86
121
214
335
499
627
884
1,197
1,568
7.9
15
28
43
71
95
134
236
370
551
693
977
1,323
1,733
2,320
3,700
5,600
7,550
10,700
12,950
16,300
23,800
32,400
42,200
47,500
59,600
73,000
87,700
DWG NO
DS00008
NONE
7
7
7
7
REV
A
SCALE
Clamp
Force
(lb)
2,020
3,340
4,940
6,800
9,050
11,600
14,400
21,300
29,400
38,600
42,300
53,800 7
64,100 7
78,000 7
WT LBS
SHEET
F
6
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
GRADE 8
TENSILE STRENGTH = 150,000 PSI
PROOF STRENGTH = 120,000 PSI
1/4 28
5/16 24
3/8 24
7/16 20
1/2 20
9/16 18
5/8 18
3/4 16
7/8 14
14
1 1/8 12
1 1/4 12
1 3/8 12
1 1/2 12
SIZE
HOLO-KROME
TENSILE STRENGTH = 170,000 PSI
PROOF STRENGTH = 136,000 PSI
7
7
7
7
7
Min.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
9.3
19
35
56
86
123
170
303
488
727
1,012
1,475
1,924
2,558
Max.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
10.2
21
39
62
95
135
187
335
539
803
1,118
1,630
2,126
2,827
7
7
7
7
7
7
10.7
21
39
63
93
138
194
338
539
798
1,133
1,635
2,195
3,577
11.8
24
43
69
102
152
214
374
595
882
1,252
1,807
2,426
3,953
7
7
7
7
7
7
3,750
5,920
8,050
12,150
16,250
20,700
26,200
38,000
51,900
67,600
87,000
109,400
134,000
201,000
7
7
7
7
7
7
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
Clamp
Force
(lb)
3,240
5,340
7,920
10,850
14,450
18,500
23,000
34,000
47,000
61,700
77,800
98,700
117,800
143,200
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
7
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
1/4 28
5/16 24
3/8 24
7/16 20
1/2 20
9/16 18
5/8 18
3/4 16
7/8 14
14
1 1/8 12
1 1/4 12
1 3/8 12
1 1/2 12
1,611
2,567
3,885
5,252
7,076
8,983
11,328
11,470
15,652
20,387
26,322
32,995
40,436
48,616
Min.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
6.4
13.5
24.9
39
60
87
120
212
342
513
726
1,025
1,344
1,783
Max.
Torque
(ft-lbf)
7.1
15
27.6
43
66
96
132
234
378
567
802
1,132
1,485
1,971
7.8
15.7
28
44
68
97
135
237
377
561
815
1,135
1,530
2,006
8.7
17.3
31
49
75
107
150
261
417
620
901
1,254
1,691
2,218
F593
G or H
Clamp
Force
(lb)
2,266
3,734
5,522
7,574
10,110
12,968
16,103
23,798
32,918
43,179
54,364
69,041
82,294
100,106
7
7
7
7
2,594
4,133
6,256
8,457
11,393
14,464
18,240
26,576
36,266
47,239
60,990
76,451
93,694
112,646
7
7
7
7
7
F593
U
SIZE
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
8
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
CLASS 4.6
T.S. = 400 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 225 MPa
T.S. is for all dia.
CLASS 8.8
T.S. = 830 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 600 MPa
T.S. is for all dia
*Metric socket head screws*
METRIC SERIES
Diameter - pitch
Min. Torque
(ft-Ibf)
M3 - .5
M3.5 - .6
M4 - .7
M5 - .8
M6 - 1
M8 - 1.25
M10 - 1.5
M12 - 1.75
M14 - 2
M16 - 2
M18 2.5
M20 2.5
M22 2.5
M24 - 3
M27 3
M30 - 3.5
M33 3.5
M36 3.5
M39 - 4
M42 - 4.5
M48 - 5
M56 - 5.5
.4
.6
.9
1.7
2.9
6.9
14
24
38
57
81
112
151
193
280
381
514
656
852
1,059
1,586
2,535
Max.
Torque
(ft-Ibf)
.5
.73
1.1
2.1
3.7
8.9
17
31
48
74
104
145
196
251
365
496
670
857
1112
1380
2069
3310
Clamp
Force
(Ib)
183
247
320
516
732
1,331
2,106
3,055
4,177
5,664
6,975
8,851
10,940
12,746
16,570
20,216
24,961
29,422
35,122
40,363
53,038 7
73,007 7
Min.
Torque
(ft-Ibf)
.9
1.5
2.1
4.3
7.2
17
33
57
91
141
195
274
372
472
690
934
1,267
1,627
2,102
2,599
3,899
6,253
4.6
Max.
Torque
(ft-Ibf)
1.2
1.9
2.9
5.8
9.9
23
47
81
129
199
278
388
524
671
974
1,325
1,787
2,285
2,966
3,681
5,518
8,828
Clamp
Force
(lb)
489
659
854
1,378
1,954
3,550
5,617
8,148
11,141
15,106
18,600
23,604
29,174
33,989
44,186
53,911
66,563
78,460
93,661
107,634
141,435
194,686
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8.8
SIZE
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
9
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
CLASS 10.9
T.S. = 1040 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 830 MPa
T.S. is for all dia
Diameter - pitch
Min. Torque
(ft-Ibf)
M3 - .5
M3.5 - .6
M4 - .7
M5 - .8
M6 - 1
M8 - 1.25
M10 - 1.5
M12 - 1.75
M14 - 2
M16 - 2
M18 2.5
M20 2.5
M22 2.5
M24 3
M27 3
M30 - 3.5
M33 3.5
M36 4
M39 4
M42 - 4.5
M48 - 5
M56 5.5
1.3
2.1
3.1
6.2
10.6
25
50
87
138
212
297
414
557
715
1,034
1,408
1,896
2,421
3,145
3,907
5,853
9,352
Max.
Torque
(ft-Ibf)
1.7
2.7
4.0
8.0
13.7
33
65
112
179
275
384
537
726
929
1,347
1,833
2,473
3,161
4,103
5,093
7,633
12,212
Clamp
Force
(Ib)
676
911
1,182
1,906
2,703
4,910
7,771
11,271
15,411
20,897
25,730
53,911
40,358
47,019
61,125
74,577
92,079
108,536
129,564
148,894
195,652
269,316
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
CLASS 12.9
T.S. = 1220 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 970 MPa
T.S. is for all dia.
* Metric socket head screws*
Min.
Max.
Clamp
Torque
Torque
Force
(ft-Ibf)
(ft-Ibf)
(lb)
1.5
2.0
790
2.5
3.1
1,065
3.7
4.7
1,381
7.3
9.4
2,228
12
16
3,159
29
38
5,739
58
76
9,082
101
131
13,172
162
210
18,011
247
321
24,422
347
449
30,070
483
628
38,159
651
848
47,165
836
1,086
54,950
1,209
1,574
71,435
1,646
2,142
87,157
2,216
2,890
107,611
2,829
3,695
126,843
3,675
4,795
151,418
4,566
5,952
174,009
6,840
8,921
228,654
10,930
14,272
314,743
10.9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
12.9
SIZE
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
10
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
CLASS 4.6
T.S. = 400 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 225 MPa
T.S. is for all dia.
CLASS 8.8
T.S. = 830 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 600 MPa
T.S. is for all dia
*Metric socket head screws*
METRIC SERIES
Diameter - pitch
Min. Torque
(ft-Ibf)
M3 - .5
M3.5 - .6
M4 - .7
M5 - .8
M6 - 1
M8 - 1.25
M10 - 1.5
M12 - 1.75
M14 - 2
M16 - 2
M18 2.5
M20 2.5
M22 2.5
M24 - 3
M27 3
M30 - 3.5
M33 3.5
M36 3.5
M39 - 4
M42 - 4.5
M48 - 5
M56 - 5.5
0.3
0.5
0.7
1.3
2.2
5
11
18
29
43
61
84
113
145
210
286
386
492
639
794
1190
1901
Max.
Torque
(ft-Ibf)
0.4
0.6
0.9
1.7
2.8
7
14
23
37
56
79
109
147
188
273
371
501
640
831
1033
1546
2472
Clamp
Force
(Ib)
183
247
320
516
732
1,331
2,106
3,055
4,177
5,664
6,975
8,851
10,940
12,746
16,570
20,216
24,961
29,422
35,122
40,363
53,038 7
73,007 7
Min.
Torque
(ft-Ibf)
0.7
1.1
1.6
3.2
5.4
13
25
43
68
106
146
206
279
354
518
701
950
1220
1577
1949
2924
4690
4.6
Max.
Torque
(ft-Ibf)
0.9
1.5
2.0
4.2
7.0
17
32
56
89
137
190
267
363
460
673
911
1235
1586
2049
2534
3802
6097
Clamp
Force
(lb)
489
659
854
1,378
1,954
3,550
5,617
8,148
11,141
15,106
18,600
23,604
29,174
33,989
44,186
53,911
66,563
78,460
93,661
107,634
141,435
194,686
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8.8
SIZE
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
11
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
CLASS 10.9
T.S. = 1040 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 830 MPa
T.S. is for all dia
Diameter - pitch
Min. Torque
(ft-Ibf)
M3 - .5
M3.5 - .6
M4 - .7
M5 - .8
M6 - 1
M8 - 1.25
M10 - 1.5
M12 - 1.75
M14 - 2
M16 - 2
M18 2.5
M20 2.5
M22 2.5
M24 3
M27 3
M30 - 3.5
M33 3.5
M36 4
M39 4
M42 - 4.5
M48 - 5
M56 5.5
1.0
1.6
2.3
4.7
8.0
19
38
65
104
159
223
311
418
536
776
1056
1422
1816
2359
2930
4390
7014
Max.
Torque
(ft-Ibf)
1.3
2.0
3.0
6.0
10.3
24
49
85
135
207
290
404
543
697
1008
1373
1849
2360
3066
3809
5707
9118
Clamp
Force
(Ib)
676
911
1,182
1,906
2,703
4,910
7,771
11,271
15,411
20,897
25,730
32,652
40,358
47,019
61,125
74,577
92,079
108,536
129,564
148,894
195,652
269,316
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
CLASS 12.9
T.S. = 1220 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 970 MPa
T.S. is for all dia.
* Metric socket head screws*
Min.
Max.
Clamp
Torque
Torque
Force
(ft-Ibf)
(ft-Ibf)
(lb)
1.1
1.5
790
1.9
2.4
1,065
2.8
3.6
1,381
5.5
7.1
2,228
9.0
11.7
3,159
22
28
5,739
44
57
9,082
76
98
13,172
122
158
18,011
185
241
24,422
260
338
30,070
362
471
38,159
488
635
47,165
627
815
54,950
907
1179
71,435
1235
1605
87,157
1662
2161
107,611
2122
2758
126,843
2756
3583
151,418
3425
4452
174,009
5130
6669
228,654
8198
10657
314,743
10.9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
12.9
SIZE
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
12
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
Bolt Size
Pitch
(mm)
NL3
NL4
NL5
NL6
NL8
NL10
NL12
NL14
NL16
NL18
NL20
NL22
NL24
NL27
NL30
NL33
NL36
NL39
NL42
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M27
M30
M33
M36
M39
M42
.5
.7
.8
1.0
1.25
1.5
1.75
2.0
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.5
Torque
(ft-lbf)
Clamp
(lb)
1.2
3.0
5.8
10
24
47
82
129
197
276
385
525
664
968
1,322
1,779
2,295
2,960
3,663
540
944
1,529
2,181
4,047
6,295
8,992
12,364
16,861
20,682
26,527
32,822
37,993
49,683
60,474
74,861
88,125
105,211
120,947
Graphite
Torque
Clamp
(ft-lbf)
(lb)
1.2
2.7
5.2
9.1
22
43
74
117
177
249
348
474
599
873
1,192
1,600
2,067
2,663
3,297
540
944
1,529
2,181
4,047
6,295
8,992
12,364
16,861
20,682
26,527
32,822
37,993
49,683
60,474
74,861
88,125
105,211
120,947
NL3
NL4
NL5
NL6
NL8
NL10
NL12
NL14
NL16
NL18
NL20
NL22
NL24
NL27
NL30
NL33
NL36
NL39
NL42
Bolt Size
Pitch
(mm)
Torque
(ft-lbf)
Clamp
(lb)
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M27
M30
M33
M36
M39
M42
.5
.7
.8
1.0
1.25
1.5
1.75
2.0
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.5
1.7
3.9
7.8
14
33
64
110
175
268
375
524
714
903
1,318
1,798
2,422
3,125
4,030
4,988
719
1,259
2,046
2,900
5,171
8,318
12,140
16,636
22,481
27,651
35,070
43,613
50,582
66,094
80,482
99,590
117,350
140,281
160,963
SIZE
1.5
3.5
6.7
12
29
56
95
151
230
323
451
613
776
1,128
1,542
2,068
2,673
3,440
4,262
764
1,326
2,158
3,057
5,620
8,768
12,814
17,535
23,830
29,225
37,093
46,086
53,505
69,691
84,978
105,211
123,870
148,149
170,180
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
Graphite
Torque
Clamp
(ft-lbf)
(lb)
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
13
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
NL3
NL4
NL5
NL6
NL8
NL10
NL12
NL14
NL16
NL18
NL20
NL22
NL24
NL27
NL30
NL33
NL36
NL39
NL42
Bolt Size
Pitch
(mm)
Torque
(ft-lbf)
Clamp
(lb)
Torque
(ft-lbf)
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M27
M30
M33
M36
M39
M42
.5
.7
.8
1.0
1.25
1.5
1.75
2.0
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.5
1.9
4.4
8.7
15
36
72
123
196
298
419
585
797
1,009
1,470
2,005
2,699
3,483
4,490
5,560
877
1,506
2,450
3,462
6,295
9,892
14,613
20,008
26,977
33,272
42,264
52,380
60,698
79,133
96,668
119,598
140,730
168,157
193,336
1.6
3.8
7.4
13
31
61
105
167
252
355
494
670
850
1,235
1,688
2,265
2,927
3,763
4,666
Graphite
Clamp
(lb)
922
1,596
2,585
3,664
6,744
10,566
15,287
21,132
28,551
35,070
44,512
55,303
64,295
83,629
102,063
126,343
148,823
177,599
204,126
Bolt Size
Pitch
(mm)
NL3
NL4
NL5
NL6
NL8
NL10
NL12
NL14
NL16
NL18
NL20
NL22
NL24
NL27
NL30
NL33
NL36
NL39
NL42
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M27
M30
M33
M36
M39
M42
.5
.7
.8
1.0
1.25
1.5
1.75
2.0
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.5
0.9
1.9
3.7
7
16
32
54
85
130
183
256
349
441
643
877
1,182
1,525
1,968
2,435
SIZE
337
585
922
1,326
2,473
3,822
5,620
7,644
10,341
12,589
16,186
20,008
23,155
30,124
36,869
45,636
53,729
64,071
73,737
1.2
2.6
5.1
9
21
41
72
114
174
244
341
465
588
858
1,170
1,576
2,034
2,624
3,247
450
764
1,236
1,754
3,147
5,171
7,419
10,116
13,713
16,861
21,357
26,527
30,799
40,241
49,233
60,698
71,714
85,652
98,241
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
14
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
Graphite
Washer
Size
Bolt
Size
Pitch
(TPI)
Torque
(ft-lbf)
Clamp
(lb)
Torque
(ft-lbf)
Clamp
(lb)
NL3
NL3.5
NL4
NL5
NL1/4
NL8
NL3/8
NL11
NL1/2
NL14
NL16
NL3/4
NL22
NL 1
NL30
NL33
NL36
NL39
#5
#6
#8
#10
5/16
3/8
7/16
9/16
5/8
7/8
1
1 1/8
1
1 3/8
1
40
32
32
24
20
18
16
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
7
6
6
1.1
1.4
2.7
3.9
9.1
18
30
47
73
104
145
254
408
617
771
1075
1410
1860
550
630
970
1,200
2,200
3,600
5,400
7,300
9,800
12,600
15,600
23,100
31,900
41,800
46,400
58,900
70,200
85,500
1.0
1.3
2.4
3.5
8.3
16
28
42
66
94
131
230
369
557
697
969
1,270
1,670
550
630
970
1,200
2,200
3,600
5,400
7,300
9,800
12,600
15,600
23,100
31,900
41,800
46,400
58,900
70,200
85,500
Bolt Size
Pitch
(TPI)
Torque
(ft-lbf)
Clamp
(lb)
NL3
NL3.5
NL4
NL5
NL1/4
NL8
NL3/8
NL11
NL1/2
NL14
NL16
NL3/4
NL22
NL 1
NL30
NL33
NL36
NL39
#5
#6
#8
#10
5/16
3/8
7/16
9/16
5/8
7/8
1
1 1/8
1
1 3/8
1
40
32
32
24
20
18
16
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
7
6
6
1.5
1.9
3.5
5.1
12
24
41
64
99
138
197
346
556
840
1,190
1,660
2,180
2,870
740
840
1,300
1,600
2,900
4,900
7,200
9,800
13,100
16,800
20,900
30,900
42,700
56,000
70,600
89,600
107,000
130,000
SIZE
1.3
1.7
3.1
4.6
11
21
36
56
86
122
171
299
479
724
1,030
1,430
1,880
2,470
780
890
1,400
1,700
3,100
5,100
7,600
10,400
13,900
17,800
22,100
32,700
45,100
59,200
74,500
94,600
113,000
137,000
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
Graphite
Torque
Clamp
(ft-lbf)
(lb)
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
15
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
Bolt Size
Pitch
(TPI)
NL3
NL3.5
NL4
NL5
NL1/4
NL8
NL3/8
NL11
NL1/2
NL14
NL16
NL3/4
NL22
NL 1
NL30
NL33
NL36
NL39
#5
#6
#8
#10
5/16
3/8
7/16
9/16
5/8
7/8
1
1 1/8
1
1 3/8
1
40
32
32
24
20
18
16
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
7
6
6
Torque
(ft-lbf)
Clamp
(lb)
1.7
2.2
3.8
5.8
13
26
45
70
109
148
216
378
607
916
1,300
1,810
2,380
3,140
870
990
1,500
1,900
3,400
5,700
8,400
11,500
15,400
19,800
24,600
36,400
50,200
65,900
83,000
105,000
126,000
153,000
Graphite
Torque
Clamp
(ft-lbf)
(lb)
1.6
2.0
3.7
5.5
12
23
39
60
93
141
184
321
514
776
1100
1530
2020
2640
910
1,050
1,600
2,000
3,700
6,000
8,900
12,200
16,300
20,900
26,000
38,400
53,000
69,600
87,700
111,000
133,000
161,000
Bolt Size
Pitch
(TPI)
NL3
NL3.5
NL4
NL5
NL1/4
NL8
NL3/8
NL11
NL1/2
NL14
NL16
NL3/4
NL22
NL 1
NL30
NL33
NL36
NL39
#5
#6
#8
#10
5/16
3/8
7/16
9/16
5/8
7/8
1
1 1/8
1
1 3/8
1
40
32
32
24
20
18
16
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
7
6
6
Torque
(ftlb)
Clamp
(lb)
5.2
10.3
18
28
43
61
85
104
166
251
356
497
653
859
1,300
2,200
3,300
4,500
6,000
7,700
9,500
9,800
13,500
17,700
22,300
28,300
33,800
41,100
SIZE
5.2
10.3
18
28
43
61
85
104
166
251
356
497
653
859
1,300
2,200
3,300
4,500
6,000
7,700
9,500
9,800
13,500
17,700
22,300
28,300
33,800
41,100
DWG NO
REV
A
SCALE
Graphite
Torque
Clamp
(ftlb)
(lb)
DS00008
NONE
WT LBS
SHEET
F
16
OF
16
DCF0045 (REV B)
REFERENCE
RIG/PLANT
ADDITIONAL CODE
SDRL CODE
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER
www.nov.com
REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
CE-538E
06
Document number
Revision
Page
CE-538E
06
2
REVISION HISTORY
06
14.02.2012
TMH
05
07.12.2011
Spelling Corrected
TMH
04
06.12.2011
Spelling Corrected
TMH
03
24.03.2005
Updated Logo
02
28.02.2005
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
GDH
GDH
Checked
Approved
BKF
PG
Prepared
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
02
03
04
05
06
Change Description
Updated to electronic format from pdf to ms word in new template
Updated Logo
Spelling changed from Overrruning to Overruning.
Spelling changed from Overrruning to Overrunning.
Removed Recommended Lubrication Product Chart from the document.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
CE-538E
06
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
1.2
Swivels: .................................................................................................................. 4
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
CE-538E
06
4
1.1
Swivels:
1.2.1 Main reservoir Use an extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant.
Ambient temperatures
0F to 155F (-18C to 68C) AGMA #6EP
-20F to 40F (-29C to 4C) AGMA #4EP
1.2.2 Wash pipe packing, oil seals and bail pins Use a multipurpose lithium bas grease.
Ambient temperatures
0F to 125F (-18C to 52C) NLGI #2
-20F to 40F (-29C to 4C) NLGI #0
1.3
1.3.1 Main Reservoir Use an extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant.
Ambient temperatures
0F to 155F (-18C to 52C) AGMA #6EP
-20F to 40F (-29C to 4C) AGMA #4EP
1.3.2 Pinion Cartridge Use a multipurpose lithium base grease
Ambient temperatures
0F to 125F (-18C to 52C) NLGI #2
-20F to 40F (-29C to 4C) NLGI #0
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
1.4
1.5
CE-538E
06
5
1.7
1.8
Airline Lubricators:
Use SAE 10 Wt. Motor Oil.
1.9
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
CE-538E
06
6
1.10
Overrunning Clutch:
Use SAE 50 Wt. Non-detergent machine oil.
Equipment not manufactured by National Oilwell should be lubricated as specified by the
manufacturer.
1.11
Caution:
Do not mix greases with different bases. Always clean reservoirs thoroughly when
changing to grease with a different base.
If the operator chooses not to use this oil for the initial filling, then a 5% by volume of a
good Moly product, such as Dow Corning M Gear Guard, should be added to the approved
AGMA EP gear oil.
Implementation of the above recommendations will be well worth the extra cost of the
products by extending the life of the equipment and power savings due to reduction of
friction.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
CE-538E
06
7
C-1 Type II
C-1 Type III
C-2 Type II
C-2 Type III
C-3 Type I
C-3 Type II
C-3 Type III
D-1
D-2
D-3
EH-II
EH-III, IV & V
Type AU= Catworks
W/Right Angle Drive
CT-5
CT-7
CT-9
D-221 W/Separate Lube System
D-232 W/Separate Lube System
F-350
F-500
F-650
F-750
F-800
F-1000
F, FA, FB & FC-1300
F, FA, FB & FC-1600
FC-2200
Unitized Pump Drive for
Electric Motor, Per Guard
F-350
F-500
F-650
F-800
F-1000
www.nov.com
Drawworks
105 U.S. Gal.
400 Liters
105 U.S. Gal.
400 Liters
110 U.S. Gal.
420 Liters
110 U.S. Gal.
420 Liters
60 U.S. Gal,
230 Liters
60 U.S. Gal.
230 Liters
60 U.S. Gal.
230 Liters
78 U.S. Gal.
296 Liters
115 U.S. Gal.
436 Liters
85 U.S. Gal.
332 Liters
41 U.S. Gal.
155 Liters
See Operation & Maintenance Manual
45 U.S. Gal.
170 Liters
50 U.S. Gal.
190 Liters
Compounds
130 U.S. Gal.
493 Liters
130 U.S. Gal.
493 Liters
148 U.S. Gal.
560 Liters
80 U.S. Gal.
303 Liters
80 U.S. Gal.
303 Liters
F-Series Triplex Pump
40 U.S. Gal.
152 Liters
65 U.S. Gal.
246 Liters
55 U.S. Gal.
208 Liters
55 U.S. Gal.
208 Liters
65 U.S. Gal.
246 Liters
75 U.S. Gal.
284 Liters
100 U.S. Gal.
380 Liters
100 U.S. Gal.
380 Liters
120 U.S. Gal.
454 Liters
20 U.S. Gal
76 Liters
Type F Unitized Pump Chain Drive
15 U.S. Gal.
57 Liters
30 U.S. Gal
15 Liters
30 U.S. Gal.
115 Liters
30 U.S. Gal.
115 Liters
30 U.S. Gal.
115 Liters
Document number
Revision
Page
D-225
D-375
DB-550
DC-700
DC-1350
DC-1650
T-1750 (S/N 181 Only)
T-1750 (S/N 182-253)
T-1750 (S/N 254-268)
T-1750 (S/N 269 & up)
T-2050 (S/N 31 Only)
T-2050 (S/N 111 & up)
T-2750 (S/N 89-94)
T-2750 (S/N 95-228)
T-2750 (S/N 229 & up)
T-3750
T-4950
T-6050
RT-3A Vertical
RT-3A Horizontal
Chain Coupling
LB-140
LA, LB-200
LA, LB-300
LA, LB-400
LB-500
L, LB & LC-650
www.nov.com
Duplex Pumps
25 U.S. Gal.
53 U.S. Gal.
58 U.S. Gal.
65 U.S. Gal.
100 U.S. Gal.
100 U.S. Gal.
Rotaries
6 U.S. Gal.
12 U.S. Gal.
8 U.S. Gal.
10 U.S. Gal.
5 U.S. Gal.
6 U.S. Gal.
9 U.S. Gal.
13 U.S. Gal.
10 U.S. Gal.
15 U.S. Gal.
15 U.S. Gal.
25 U.S. Gal.
Rotary Transmissions
21 U.S. Gal.
28 U.S. Gal.
1 U.S. Gal.
Swivels
3-3/4 U.S. Gal.
4-3/4 U.S. Gal.
6-3/4 U.S. Gal
10 U.S. Gal
15 U.S. Gal
19-1/2 U.S. Gal
CE-538E
06
8
95 Liters
201 Liters
220 Liters
246 Liters
379 Liters
379 Liters
23 Liters
46 Liters
31 Liters
38 Liters
19 Liters
23 Liters
34 Liters
50 Liters
38 Liters
57 Liters
57 Liters
95 Liters
80 Liters
106 Liters
4 Liters
14 Liters
18 Liters
26 Liters
38 Liters
57 Liters
74 Liters
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vol.
Chapter/
Section
Title
2.2
www.nov.com
Document Number:
Revision:
01
Page:
Document Number
Rev.
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
01
RIG/PLANT
ADDITIONAL CODE
REFERENCE
SDRL CODE
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER
www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
REV
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
01
Document number
Revision
Page
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
01
2
REVISION HISTORY
01
14.05.2008
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
First Issue
Reason for issue
BTS
RLP
GDH
Prepared
Checked
Approved
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
01
Change Description
First issue
www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number
Revision
Page
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
01
3
DEFINITIONS
This section provides definitions for accessibility of spare parts and recommendations of spare parts.
2.1
2.2
Spares
Category
Definition
Area 1
Area 2
Equipment operating within easy access to a National Oilwell Varco store or customers own
regional warehouse and expendable parts anticipated for operation of one year.
Equipment operating in remote areas.
Group I
Group II
Recommendations
Operations
Recommendations
Equipment in
accessible
Area 1
Equipment in
accessible
Area 2
2-3 years
operations
www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number
Revision
Page
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
01
4
www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number
Revision
Page
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
01
5
This document provides a list of recommended spare parts for the FD-1600 mud pump. The parts
are grouped to the sub-assemblies in which they are used.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part No.
0-6316-0028-00
0-6316-0047-00
0-6397-0546-00
0-7501-1269-00
0-7502-0103-00
0-7602-1610-22
0-7602-1600-39
0-7602-2131-47
0-7602-2132-76
0-7602-0212-67
0-7502-0840-00
0-7502-0841-00
0-7602-2131-18
0-7602-0212-68
0-7602-0201-37
0-6316-0127-00
0-7602-1610-22
0-6316-0081-00
0-6301-0038-00
7817600438
0-6397-0548-00
0-6397-0546-00
0-7602-1070-03
0-7502-0581-00
0-7602-1071-13
0-7602-5940-00
0-6316-0049-00
Description
www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Accessibility Area
Area
Area 2
1
Group Group
I
2
3
3
3
6
3
12
2
3
9
18
18
2
2
2
2
3
2
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
4
1
19 ft.
2
3
6
3
12
8
9
27
54
54
4
8
8
6
6
4
4
9
12
6
9
9
9
2
16
2
76 ft.
8
Document number
Revision
Page
7815926
0-6316-0039-90
0-6316-0092-00
0-6316-0093-00
0-6316-0096-00
0-6316-0107-11
0-6316-0164-00
0-6316-0354-00
1551703
0-6316-0360-00
0-6316-0362-90
0-6316-0363-00
0-6316-0364-90
0-6316-0365-00
0-6316-0366-00
0-6316-0367-20
0-6316-0369-00
0-6316-0373-00
0-6397-0293-01
0-6397-0575-00
0-6397-0603-00
0-7501-0051-00
0-7503-0230-49
0-7601-2588-50
0-7602-1600-25
0-7602-1600-40
0-7602-1600-44
0-7602-1600-52
0-7602-1600-61
6908033
6908040
05499400
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
01
6
1
1
1
24
3
9
3
3
3
6
6
1
1
1
3
1
1
48
72
3
12
6
24
9
3
6
9
6
6
6
3
3
3
72
9
27
9
9
6
12
12
3
3
3
9
3
3
144
216
9
36
18
72
27
9
12
27
18
18
18
9
9
24
96
1
3
6
6
3
3
3
3
www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number
Revision
Page
012180170
05499450
012180196
05499500*
012180253
05499550*
012180337
05499600*
012180394
05499650*
012180535
05499700*
012180618
*
07211001
060155041
061101507
055413397
015180102
015180144
015180185
015180227
015180268
015180300
015180342
6308241
0-7601-0110-54
0-7601-0110-55
H-67376-L
0-7110-0115-00
0-7602-1800-15
0-7602-1810-26
0-7602-1810-27
*
Piston, Mission 4
Liner, Mission 4
Piston, Mission 4
Liner, Mission 5
Piston, Mission 5
Liner, Mission 5
Piston, Mission 5
Liner, Mission 6
Piston, Mission 6
Liner, Mission 6
Piston, Mission 6
Liner, Mission 7
Piston, Mission 7
For HP style liner, add HP to end of part no.
Gasket, Liner (all sizes)
Valve, Mission
Seat, Mission Valve
Spring, Mission Valve
Rubbers, Pair 4
Rubbers, Pair 4
Rubbers, Pair 5
Rubbers, Pair 5
Rubbers, Pair 6
Rubbers, Pair 6
Rubbers, Pair 7
Nut, Piston
www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
01
7
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
3
24
24
24
24
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
16
96
96
96
96
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
64
1
1
1
1
1*
1*
1*
Document number
Revision
Page
0-7602-3010-74
0-7602-3010-67
0-7602-3010-68
0-7602-3010-58
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
01
8
1
1
1
1
www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number
Revision
Page
This page intentionally left blank.
www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
01
9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vol.
Chapter/
Section
Title
3.1
3.2
3.3
Electrical / Instrument
Section Not Applicable
3.4
www.nov.com
Performance Data
Document Number:
D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 3
Revision:
01
Page:
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vol.
Chapter/
Section
Title
3.1
www.nov.com
Document Number:
Revision:
01
Page:
Document Number
Rev.
10830401-GAD-DOS
01
10830401-ASM-DOS
01
6316-1000-03-DOS
6316-1002-01-DOS
6317-0125-10-DOS
6316-1001-03-DOS
6316-0098-20-DOS
6316-1001-02-DOS
6316-0183-00-DOS
6316-0227-10-DOS
10702595-DOS
01
1262028-DOS
6316-0275-14-DOS
03
1290448-DOS
6911-2730-80-DOS
6922-0062-00-DOS
6316-0020-20-DOS
6316-0250-02-DOS
10706968-DOS
02
10696042-DOS
01
DISCHARGE ACCESSORY
MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY
1 OF 1
6317-0125-10-DOS
-DOS
-DOS
335
1262028-DOS
240
1290448-DOS
-DOS
TOOL LIST
FOR F-1600 SERIES TRIPLEX MUD PUMPS
REQD
PART NO.
6316-0250-02
7602-3010-59
1
1
6397-0691-00
7602-3010-09
7602-3010-22
1
1
1
1
1
1
7602-3010-05
7602-3010-48
7602-3010-07
6316-0277-00
7602-3010-63
7602-3010-61
7602-3010-65
6316-0392-00
www.nov.com
DESCRIPTION
TOOL LIST FOR F-1600 SERIES PUMPS
(CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING)
SNAP ON SOCKET
(FOR MAIN BEARING HOUSING BOLTS)
BAR, VALVE COVER
SOCKET (FOR 1-1/2 HVY. HEX NUTS)
(CYLINDER THRD. RING & BLOCK TO FRAME)
SOCKET (FOR 1-1/4 HVY. HEX NUTS)
(DISCHARGE MANIFOLD)
BAR, SLIDING
PLUG, SLIDING
8 EXTENSION
WRENCH, CYLINDER HEAD
ADAPTER
SOCKET (FOR 1 STD. HEX NUT)
(LINER THREAD RING)
WRENCH, 12 POINT BOX
(FOR VALVE GUIDE LOCK BOLT)
EXTENSION, WRENCH
(FOR PART NO. 7602-3010-65)
1
REV
MADE CHKD
DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE
APPD
DATE
D
SHAFT
DRIVE BUSHING
DRIVE SHEAVE
(NOT INCLUDED)
MMW22230-FIXED
WEAR SLEEVE
MMW22230-FLOAT
7-1/8"
REF:
GEAR COUPLING 1060G (6.0")
PART NO. 10706699-001
24-3/8"
WEAR SLEEVE
B
28-1/8"
WEAR SLEEVE
31-7/8"
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
2. THIS DRAWING REPRESENTS AN ASSEMBLY OF KITTED PARTS FURNISHED BY THE VENDOR.
THIS ASSEMBLY CONSISTS OF ALL THE SAME COMPONENTS AS
PART NO. 10639419-001 (FOR SMALL MOTOR HUB)
WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE GEAR COUPLING.
3. IDENTIFY KIT WITH PART NO. "10696042-001" AND REVISION.
4. ALL PARTS TO HAVE LONG TERM STORAGE PROTECTION.
TRIPLEX PUMPS
PRODUCT:
TOLERANCES ARE:
END ITEM:
5. SUGGESTED VENDOR:
NATIONAL PETROLEUM OILFIELD PRODUCTS
10650 WEST LITTLE YORK ROAD
HOUSTON, TX 77041
PH: 713-466-4040
NEXT ASSY:
X.X
.1
ANGLES
.50 DEG
X.XX
.03
FRACTIONS
1/16
X.XXX .010
10639419-001
SIMILAR TO:
FINISH
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TOL < .06
250
2450
WT LBS:
CURRENT
INITIAL
DRAWN
R. RILEY
CHECKED
R.L. PAZ
APPVD
R.L. PAZ
1000
07-DEC-12
DATE
TITLE:
RIG SOLUTIONS
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
DWG NO.
1:4
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHT:
10696042-DOS
REV:
OF
01
DRAWN IN SW
RS-MECH_C-TPL-001
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vol.
Chapter/
Section
Title
3.2
www.nov.com
Document Number:
Revision:
01
Page:
Document Number
Rev.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vol.
Chapter/
Section
Title
3.3
Electrical / Instrument
Section Not Applicable
www.nov.com
Document Number:
Revision:
01
Page:
Document Number
Rev.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vol.
Chapter/
Section
Title
3.4
Performance Data
Product Datasheet FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump
www.nov.com
Document Number:
Revision:
01
Page:
Document Number
Rev.
FD-1600-DAS-001
01
Product Datasheet
FD-1600
Triplex Mud Pump
RIG/PLANT
ADDITIONAL CODE
SDRL CODE
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER
REFERENCE
REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
FD-1600
National-Oilwell, L.P.
12950 West Little York
Houston, TX 77041
USA
Phone 713-937-5000
Fax 713-937-5050
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
FD-1600-DAS-001
01
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
FD-1600-DAS-001
01
2
REVISION HISTORY
01
27.02.2006
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
01
Change Description
First issue
www.nov.com
SB
PG
Prepared
Checked
Approved
Document number
Revision
Page
FD-1600-DAS-001
01
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
2.2
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
FD-1600-DAS-001
01
4
PERFORMANCE DATA
7
6
(178)
(171)
3423
3688
Max. Discharge Pressure, psi
(240)
(259)
(kg/cm2)
Pump Speed,
Input HP,
GPM**
GPM**
spm
HP (kW)
(LPM**)
(LPM**)
1600*
719
669
120*
(1193*)
(2721)
(2532)
1467
659
613
110
(1094)
(2494)
(2320)
1333
599
557
100
(994)
(2267)
(2108)
1200
539
502
90
(895)
(2040)
(1900)
1067
479
446
80
(796)
(1813)
(1688)
933
419
390
70
(696)
(1586)
(1476)
800
359
334
60
(597)
(1359)
(1264)
5.99
5.57
Volume/Stroke, gal. (Liters)
(22.67)
(21.08)
*Rated maximum input horsepower and speed
**Based on 90% Mechanical and 100% Volumetric Efficiency
Liner size, inches (mm)
www.nov.com
6
(165)
3981
(280)
GPM**
(LPM**)
620
(2347)
568
(2150)
517
(1957)
465
(1760)
413
(1563)
362
(1370)
310
(1173)
5.16
(19.53)
6
(152)
4665
(328)
GPM**
(LPM**)
444
(1681)
407
(1540)
370
(1400)
333
(1260)
296
(1120)
258
(977)
222
(840)
4.41
(16.69)
5
(140)
5000
(352)
GPM**
(LPM**)
529
(2002)
485
(1836)
441
(1669)
397
(1503)
353
(1336)
309
(1170)
264
(999)
3.70
(14.00)
5
(127)
5000
(352)
GPM**
(LPM**)
367
(1389)
337
(1275)
306
(1158)
275
(1041)
245
(927)
214
(810)
183
(693)
3.06
(11.58)
Document number
Revision
Page
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
2.1
General Dimensions
www.nov.com
FD-1600-DAS-001
01
5
Document number
Revision
Page
2.2
FD-1600-DAS-001
01
6
Type
Pressure with 7 Liner, psi (kg/cm2)
Pressure with 5 Liner, psi (kg/cm2)
Volume with 7 Liner @ 120 SPM, gpm (Liters/min)
Volume with 5 Liner @ 120 SPM, gpm (Liters/min)
Nominal HP rating @ 120 SPM, HP (KW)
Type Gear
Gear Ratio
Lubrication
Valve Pots
Valve Pot Cover
Cylinder Head
Liner Lock
Crossheard Guide
Bearings
Main Shaft Bearings
Eccentric Bearings
Crosshead bearings
Pinion Bearings
Spherical
Straight Roller
Roller, double row,
Straight roller
www.nov.com
7 x 12 (178 x 304.8)
8.5 (216) O.D.- 2 x 1 (51 x 25) keyway
5 (127 mm) 5000 psi (352 kg/cm2) API Flange
12 (305) Flange, Female pipe thread
52,478 (23,804)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vol.
Chapter/
Section
Title
Vendor Documentation
www.nov.com
Document Number:
D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 4
Revision:
01
Page:
Document Number
Rev.
10876548-201-MAN
01
107.132.00
03
M-34000
REFERENCE
REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
Model CM632UUT
Induction Motor
www.nov.com
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
10876548-201-MAN
01
Document
number
Revision
Page
10876548-201-MAN
01
i
REVISION HISTORY
01
19.06.2014
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
Initial Release
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
01
Change Description
Initial Release
www.nov.com
J.B.
N.J.
B.M.
Prepared
Checked
Approved
Document
number
Revision
Page
10876548 -201-MAN
01
ii
Manual Title
Manual Number
Part 1
Instruction and Service Manual
CM SERIES
Induction Motor Powered by a Variable
Frequency Drive
Model CM632UUT
210-CM632UUT
Part 2
Drawing and Data Package
CM SERIES
Induction Motor Powered by a Variable
Frequency Drive
www.nov.com
10876548-201-DWG
PART 1
REFERENCE
REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
Model CM632UUT
Induction Motor
www.nov.com
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
210-CM632UUT
05
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
2
REVISION HISTORY
05
23.08.2012
S.L.M.
N.J.
B.M.
04
06.07.2012
S.L.M.
N.J.
B.M.
03
16.09.2010
Corrections Made
S.L.M.
N.J.
B.M.
02
04.08.2010
S.L.M.
N.J.
B.M.
01
26.05.2010
Initial Release
S.L.M.
N.J.
B.M.
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
Prepared
Checked
Approved
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
01
02
03
04
05
Change Description
Initial Release
Include Hazardous Location For ATEX Requirements
Corrections Made
Update the Declaration of Conformity and the Motor & ATEX Nameplate. Add Revision Log.
Changed Manual Format.
Updated the Notifying and Notified Body on the Declaration of Conformity on pg 53.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
Introduction ............................................................................................................. 5
1.2
1.3
1.4
INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................. 15
2.1
Receiving .............................................................................................................. 15
2.2
2.3
Inspection .............................................................................................................. 16
2.4
Location ................................................................................................................ 17
2.5
Foundation ............................................................................................................ 17
2.6
Alignment .............................................................................................................. 17
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 30
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
Troubleshooting .................................................................................................... 39
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
4
5.2
5.3
Construction .......................................................................................................... 50
6.2
Standards .............................................................................................................. 51
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................................... 67
7.1
7.2
www.nov.com
SECTION 1
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
5
1.1
Introduction
This manual contains instructions for installing, operating, maintaining and trouble
shooting of the various induction motors built by National Oilwell Varco in Sugar Land,
Texas. This section of the manual is general in scope and designed to be used with
supplementary data and attachments, which provides information that applies to a
specific model or series of motors.
1.2
Safety Procedure
WARNING!
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY AND/OR DEATH.
TURN OFF AND LOCK OUT POWER AT MAJOR ELECTRICAL PANEL
Dangerous voltages are present in the motor and peripheral components which can
cause serious injury, electrocution, and equipment damage. To avoid serious injury
and/or equipment damage before any other acts requiring physical contact with the
electrical or mechanical working components of this equipment are performed all
equipment must be de-energized, disconnected and isolated to prevent accidental
contact with live or rotating parts. More than one source of power may be applied to the
motor.
The successful and safe operation of motors is dependent upon proper handling,
installation, operation, and maintenance. Failure to follow certain fundamental
installation and maintenance requirements may lead to personal injury, failure or loss of
the machine, as well as damage to other property.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
6
CAUTION!
MECHANICAL RISKS: Entanglement, Drawing-in, Friction, and abrasion
of upper limbs or entanglement of clothes exist by the shaft: Motors are
to be incorporated within a system. The final installer of the system
must guard the shaft extension in accordance with the requirements of
the machinery directive.
Only qualified personnel should be involved in the inspection, maintenance, and repair
procedure. All plant safety procedures must be observed.
A qualified person is one who is familiar with the installation, construction and operation
of the equipment, and the hazards involved. In addition, they have the following
qualifications.
a. Is trained and authorized to energize, de-energize, clear, ground, and tag circuits
and equipment in accordance with established safety practices.
b. Is trained in the proper care and use of protective equipment such as rubber
gloves, hard hat, safety glasses or face shields, flash clothing, etc., in
accordance with established safety practices.
c. Is trained in rendering first aid.
Motor should be installed and grounded per local and national codes to reduce
the potential hazard of shock from incidental contact. Insure motor is properly
grounded before energized.
1.2.2
Warning Labels
The following WARNING LABELS appear on the motor. The meaning of each label is
further clarified to provide additional understanding and how it relates to the safe
operation of the motor.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
7
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
1.2.3
210-CM632UUT
05
8
1.2.4
Amperes for Sizing the Power Supply Cable appears on the Outline Drawing
and Data Sheets contained in the Drawing and Data Package. The size and insulation
requirement of the supply cabling (feeding the motor) is dependent on the location and
application of the motor. All supply cables feeding the motor shall be installed and
grounded in accordance with Local, National or Agency codes governing the
application.
1.2.5
1. The End User must provide the protection for the motor in accordance with the
instructions in this Manual provided by National Oilwell Varco and the motor starter
and emergency button in accordance with the requirements of the Machinery
Directive.
2. An Imperial Tool Kit is to be supplied with the motor.
3. Metric Units must appear on the motor dimensional information.
4. Depending on the installation, the End Use or Final Installer must guard the exposed
motor shaft in accordance with the requirements of the Machinery Directive
2006/42/EC.
5. This motor is a component for installation in machinery as defined in the Machinery
Safety Directive 2006/42/EC. Commissioning is prohibited until conformity of the end
product with this directive has been established with regard to all local safety and
installation rules.
1.2.6
The Noise Level of the Motor appears on the Data Sheets. When the sound
level exceeds 85 dB(A), ear protection must be wore in the vicinity of the motor.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
1.2.7
210-CM632UUT
05
9
Grounding
Grounding motor frames is required to safeguard personnel from electric shock and to
protect the machine itself in the event of an insulation failure in the machine or installation.
WARNING!
FAILURE TO PROPERLY GROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAY EXPOSE
PERSONNEL TO A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS CONDITION IN WHICH SERIOUS
OR FATAL INJURY FROM ELECTRICAL SHOCK IS POSSIBLE.
General Description
The motor is an alternating current squirrel cage induction motor of forced ventilated
construction designed for use with Variable Frequency Drives only. The construction of
this motor results in a totally enclosed, forced air-cooled machine (IP45) with IP54
minimum terminal boxes. *Please refer to the ATEX Certificate for proper air flow
requirement of motor rating. The motor requires a minimum of 3400 SCFM to be
provided to the inlet of the motor.
connections for air inlet and exhaust. Ducting must remain in place for certification.
The stator and coil assembly is an integral part of the frame with the stator laminations
welded directly to the frame structure. The motor frame is equipped with removable end
frames which provide support for the bearings.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
10
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
11
The rotor is also made up of punched laminations carefully stacked to create openings
(slots) along the air gap. Copper rotor bars (6) are inserted into the slots and connected
(short circuited) at each end by copper end rings (7). Bars are swaged to the slot to
avoid movement as a counter-measure against sparking and vibration. The rotor forms
a cage and is referred to as squirrel cage rotor.
The entire rotor assembly, consisting of stacked laminations, bars, and end rings, is
secured onto the shaft (8). The shaft rotates between bearings at each end (9) and
(10).
1.4
Motor Construction
1.4.1
Stator Core
The motor stator core is constructed from thin electrical steel laminations and coated
insulated to minimize hot spots and stack losses. The steel laminations are assembled
under pressure to form the stator core. The stator core is welded to the frame structure.
Insulated stator coils constructed of copper magnet wire are inserted in the stator slots.
The stator coils and core slots are insulated with electrical insulating material. The
stator assembly is vacuum and pressure impregnated with electrical grade varnish and
baked to insure proper bonding qualities, to give high dielectric strength and maximum
moisture resistance. Stator leads are routed to the appropriate location on the motor
frame for terminal termination.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
1.4.2
210-CM632UUT
05
12
Stator Winding
The stator winding is a series of copper coils placed in the laminated stator slots core.
The winding is connected so that a 3-phase power source produces a rotating magnetic
field. This magnetic field in turn induces a rotor field that interacts with the stator field to
produce torque in the rotor.
The copper in the stator winding is insulated with materials suitable for operation at
(Class H) temperature.
suitable for the voltage stresses applied to the winding during the Variable Frequency
Drive Operation.
1.4.3
The rotor is also made up of punched laminations carefully stacked to create openings
(slots) along the air gap. Copper rotor bars are inserted into the slots and connected
(short circuited) at each end by copper end rings. Bars are swaged into the rotor slot to
avoid movement and as a counter-measure against sparking and vibration. The rotor
forms a cage and is referred to as a squirrel cage rotor.
The entire rotor assembly consists of stacked laminations, bars and end rings. All
components are secured onto the shaft. The shaft along with the rotor assembly rotates
and is supported by bearings mounted at each end. The shaft has a tapered shaft
extension for ease hub installation for coupling.
Outline and Mounting drawing included in the Drawing and Data Package.
1.4.4
Bearings
National Oilwell Varco motors are constructed with a two bearing configuration system.
The two types of bearing styles are ball/ball or ball/cylindrical (roller bearing) which is
grease lubricated and equipped with specially constructed seals. The non drive end is
insulated and the rotating shaft assembly is supported by a deep groove ball bearing.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
13
The drive end of the rotating shaft assembly is supported by a fixed ball bearing or a
cylindrical roller bearing - see motor outline for specific bearing application.
Bearing re-lubrication is required at 3,000 hour intervals or on a periodic basis to extend
bearing life. Bearing replacement is recommended at 25,000 hours of operation. See
Preventive Maintenance Schedule for proper lubrication and factory installed
lubricant specifications.
1.4.5
Frame
The frame is fabricated of steel members welded to plate end rings and press plates.
Steel foot plates are welded to the frame assembly to provide rigid support of the motor
and maintain its alignment with the driven load. Lifting provisions are installed on the
frame to facilitate lifting the complete motor with a conventional overhead hoist. A steel
cover is welded to the frame structure to provide additional stiffness to the frame.
1.4.6
Accessories
National Oilwell Varco motors are available with accessories such as speed encoders
and other components required for motor application. The motors require a forced-air
ventilation system. Refer to the motor accessory description provided in the Drawing
and Data Package of this manual for specific information regarding the accessories and
configuration of the motor. (Motor Certification does not include accessories.)
If speed encoders are mounted on the NDE side of shaft, special precaution should
be taken to avoid circulating currents using appropriate insulated
hardware for installation.
All accessories must have certification ratings matching or more severe to maintain
motor certification.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
1.4.7
210-CM632UUT
05
14
This motor is to be operated with (powered by) a Variable Frequency Drive. This motor
is designed to be operated with (powered by) a Variable Frequency Drive. The list of
approved drives is listed in the current ATEX Certificate. If there is any concerns about
any approved Variable Frequency Drive please contact the manufacture, National
Oilwell Varco, Sugar Land, Texas.
DRIVE-TYPE CAUTION
In order to maintain temperature in compliance with the
Increased Safety e label of this motor, the Variable
Frequency Drive that supplies the power to the motor must be
as designated on the ATEX certificate.
www.nov.com
SECTION 2
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
15
INSTALLATION
2.1 Receiving
The motor is skidded and secured prepared for shipment and can withstand most shocks
and rough handling incurred during transit. Before accepting shipment from the transportation
company, examine the motor carefully to determine if any damage has occurred during
shipment. Unpack the unit and carefully examine the frame and sheet metal for damage.
Inspect for the presence of moisture and make certain no foreign material such as packing,
loose fasteners or dirt have fallen into the motor during transportation and unpacking. If
transportation damage is noted, determine the extent of the damage, and immediately notify
the transportation company claims office and National Oilwell Varco in Sugar Land, Texas.
Be sure to provide complete and accurate details when reporting damage.
2.2 Unpacking and Storage
If the motor is received during cold weather, allow the unit to stabilize to room temperature
before removing the protective covering and packing material. This precaution will minimize
the condensation of moisture on the cold surfaces and the possibility of early malfunctions
resulting from wet windings or other insulating materials.
2.2.1
Unpacking
Unpack the motor with care to avoid damage to the unit. Connect an overhead crane to a
minimum of (4) lifting points provided on the motor, lift the unit from the shipping skid and
place it in its mounting location.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
16
CAUTION!
Failure to use lifting points and extreme care when moving the motor can result in
damage to the motor, other objects, or personal injury.
Avoid manhandling the motor and never apply a lifting force to structural points other than
those provided for that purpose.
2.2.2
Storage
If the motor is not to be installed in its operating location as soon as received, it should be
stored in a clean, dry area not subject to sudden changes in temperature and humidity.
Storage at normal room temperature is recommended. The motor should be covered to
protect it against dust, dirt, moisture and other airborne material while in storage. Consult
with National Oilwell Varco for storage recommendations when the motor cannot be stored
in a temperature and humidity controlled area or storage for a period of more than six
months is anticipated.
Space heaters, when provided in the motor frame, should be energized continuously
during storage of motor, but should be de-energized at time of installation and start-up.
Details of space heater power and connections may appear in the Drawing and Data
Package.
2.3
Inspection
Before installing the motor it is recommended that the unit be thoroughly inspected for
indications of damage or potential malfunctions. Carefully examine the exterior surfaces
of the motor for deep scratches, dents, damaged guards, loose or missing bolts, screws
and other attaching parts. Remove the screened or louvered covers from the ends of
the motor and inspect the rotor and stator and other internal components for loose or
damaged windings and lead wires, loosely mounted components, and the presence of
moisture or other foreign material.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
17
Remove all shipping materials such as blocks, straps, tapes, rubber packing, paper or
other material used to restrict movement of the rotor during shipment. Use low pressure
compressed air, 25 PSI maximum, to blow out all packing residue and dust from the
interior of the motor. Turn the rotor by hand to make certain it rotates smoothly and
without binding.
2.4
Location
The motor can be installed in any clean, dry, well ventilated area which allows a sufficient
unobstructed flow of coolant air and provides sufficient accessibility for operation and
maintenance of the unit. Avoid locations which would subject the motor to excessive
moisture, dust, steam, or fumes from acids, alkalies or other corrosive chemicals. If such
exposure cannot be avoided, a strict periodic inspection and maintenance schedule must
be established.
2.5
Foundation
The foundation or support for the motor must be rigid, level and of ample size and strength
to support the weight of the motor and withstand the motor foundation reaction loads. The
foundation must also be adequately designed to maintain coupling alignment between the
motor and driven load. It is very important that the foundation is designed in such a
manner as to not have any resonant operating frequencies at or near the operating speed,
or at a multiple of the operating speed of the unit.
2.6
Alignment
There are three basic types of alignment: parallel, angular, and axial. Misalignment can
be parallel, angular, axial, or any combination of the three. An explanation of each type
of misalignment follows.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
2.6.1
210-CM632UUT
05
18
Parallel
2.6.2
Angular
Angular (face) misalignment, Figure 5, is the angle one shaft centerline makes with the
other shaft centerline at the coupling connection.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
2.6.3
210-CM632UUT
05
19
Axial
Axial misalignment, Figure 6, is the relationship of the motor rotor to the motor stator.
Alignment Procedure
There are several methods to measure the alignment of two connected shafts. Two
methods are:
(a) Two dial indicators.
(b) Dial indicator and micrometer.
2.6.4.1 Alignment Considerations
The motor and driven-load should be located and leveled on the mounting base. Care
should be taken to eliminate Soft Foot Condition.
Soft Foot is the condition where the motor does not sit flat on its base and only three of
the four mounting points support the motor. When the fourth point is clamped down the
motor frame or mounting skid is distorted causing possible vibration or erroneous
alignment information. Soft Foot can be corrected by loosening each mounting point
one at a time, measuring the relative movement with a dial indicator, and shimming
under the foot to eliminate that relative movement.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
20
The relative movement should not exceed 0.005 inch. Shims with burrs on the edges
can contribute to the soft foot condition.
2.6.4.2 Alignment Measurement
Rotate the indicators so that they are at the top location. It is suggested to zero the dial
indicator when at the top location for convenience. The coupling hub should be marked
at 0, 90, 180, and 270 degrees and a stationary reference mark placed or identified on
the equipment so that when the shafts are rotated, they can be indexed through 90
degree increments. Both shafts should be rotated together.
An easy way to record the measurements is to draw two circles on paper, one for
parallel and one for angular measurements. Also, record the radius of the measurement
point for the angular (face) measurement.
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
21
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
22
Allowable Misalignment
Speed
Axial
(RPM)
(inch)
0 to 900
0.002
0 0.067
901 to 1200
0.002
0 0.067
1201 to 1800
0.001
0 0.067
2.6.5
Coupling
The machine must be connected to the driven equipment with flexible couplings. (pin
coupling, gear coupling)
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
23
CAUTION!
Careful alignment of machines, when using either solid (rigid) or flexible couplings, is
essential to prevent excessive vibration, hot bearings, or shaft failures.
Couplings must be properly sized to be capable of driving maximum machine torque.
Interference fits should be used between motor shaft and coupling.
www.nov.com
SECTION 3
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
24
3.1
1. Check all interconnecting wiring against the connection diagrams supplied with
the motor.
2. Make certain no foreign objects are lodged in the motor, all guards and safety
devices are securely in place. Remove all materials not required for operation
from the vicinity of all rotating equipment.
3. Ensure that mounting hardware, covers and guards are properly installed and
securely in place.
4. Be sure that the bearings are appropriately lubricated per the bearing lubrication
instructions provided in Paragraph 4.8.
5. If the motor has been subjected to extreme dampness during shipment or
storage, it may be necessary to dry out the winding prior to placing the unit into
operation. Refer to the MAINTENANCE SECTION of this manual for procedures
for testing winding insulation resistance and procedures for drying the winding
insulation. A motor being placed into service after being subjected to very low
temperatures should be slowly warmed to prevent condensation. Space heaters
must be turned off prior to motor start up.
6. Ensure the ground connection is properly installed.
7. Ensure main power leads are properly connected per the winding diagrams
contained in the outline and mounting drawing, located in the Drawing and Data
Package. Re-install all covers prior to operating the motor.
8. Verify RTDs for monitoring, winding and bearing temperatures are functioning.
Visually inspect the motor for evidence of any damage that would interfere with
protective devices or rotation of motor.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
25
Power Connections
The following connections to the motor should be made and checked out prior to
startup.
Machine maximum amperes for sizing the power supply cables appear on the outline
drawing and data sheets contained in this manual.
requirements of the cables depend on the location and application of the motor. The
power supply cables to the motor must be installed and grounded to the local electric
codes requirements.
Check the connections of the main power leads from the variable frequency drive to the
terminal leads at the motor. Proper spacing must be maintained. Motor leads are
marked T1-T2-T3 for a three (3) lead machine and (EU Nomenclature U, V, W).
Normally, motors are supplied as three (3) lead machines with neutral leads connected
together internally to the motor. Outline drawings and connection diagrams in this
manual will indicate how the connections are to be made. For motors fed by Variable
Frequency Drives, the neutral if present is not grounded. Ensure that the line voltage
and frequency correspond to that shown on the motor nameplate.
Particular care must be exercised connecting the starting device phase leads to the
motor. The leads must have the proper sequence applied by the Variable Frequency
Drive to obtain the desired motor rotation. (For example, phase sequence L1-L2-L3 of
the power supply connected to motor terminals T1-T2-T3 will give clockwise rotation
facing the non-drive end of the motor). Reversing (L1) & (L3) of the power supply leads
will produce rotation in the opposite direction.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
26
Connections of main power supply cables to the motor must be in accordance with IEC
60034-8.
NOTE!
If there is any doubt about rotation and phasing, the motor can be bumped to
indicate the direction of rotation by momentarily energizing the motor.
minimum of two people should check this, one at the motor and one at the
starting device with good visual/oral communication via radio. For the purpose of
bumping the motor to determine rotation, the starting device should energize
the motor only as long as it takes to cause the motor to break-away and begin
to rotate. If the rotation is incorrect, remove power from motor and allow motor to
coast to a stop. Reverse L1 & L3 of the power supply connections to the motor to
correct the rotation.
3.2.1
Space Heaters
Space Heaters are provided in the motor frame and should be energized continuously
during motor storage. (Note: During start-up and operation of the motor, the
heaters should be de-energized.) See motor outline drawing for space heater wire
diagram and power information.
3.2.2
The bearing housings are equipped with seals and includes provisions for re-lubrication
during operation.
temperature device for monitoring temperature. The temperature of the bearings should
be monitored during operation. The alarm point should be set at 90C and shut down
initiated at 100C.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
27
The stator of the motor is equipped with six 100 ohm platinum resistive temperature
devices (embedded between the coils of the stator) two per phase. The stator coils
embedded in the laminated core receive a Global VPI of non-hygroscopic resin. The
stator insulation system is Class H. For proper insulation protection, the RTD relays
should be set for alarm at 185C max, and shutdown at 190C max. The winding RTD
leads are internally shielded in the terminal block of motor terminal box.
3.2.3
Grounding Instructions
Grounding motor frames is required to safeguard personnel from electric shock and to
protect the machine itself in the event of an insulation failure in the machine or installation.
WARNING!
FAILURE TO PROPERLY GROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAY EXPOSE
PERSONNEL TO A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS CONDITION IN WHICH SERIOUS
OR FATAL INJURY FROM ELECTRICAL SHOCK IS POSSIBLE.
Grounding conductors must be provided between the machine frame and the supporting
structure. The purpose for this is to avoid hazardous potential voltage difference between
the machine frame and the adjacent surface on which a person may be standing while
contacting the machine surface.
Grounding of the motor and its auxiliary equipment or boxes are compulsory and must
be performed in accordance with current regulations.
Main connection box and auxiliary boxes provided with motor are tested and grounded,
and must not be removed.
Before installing the terminal lug on the ground cable, remove paint, rust, and oil from all
surfaces to which the cables are attached. Bolt lug securely to the surfaces and torque
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
28
the bolt or nut to 20 lb. ft. (27.12 Nm). After installation, protect the ground pad bolt,
washer, and cable lug connection from corrosion by applying a rust inhibitor on the
exposed components.
3.3
3.4
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
29
5. Once the motor is started, it will remain at approximately to pre-set speed, unless
voltage is lost to the main machine terminals.
protection if the load applied to the shaft is increased to a value outside of the
normal operating limits or the torque of the load exceeds the break down torque for
which the motor is designed.
Normally, Variable Frequency Drive will contain relays to protect the motor from
overcurrent, overtemperature, stall, and excessive torque. These relays will open,
and disconnect the motor from the electric drive when abnormal conditions occur.
Vibration detection devices may also be used to disconnect the motor during
excessive vibration.
6. If after starting the motor, a shut down and attempt to restart is required; the
Instruction Manual should be followed for the number of allowable successive starts
per hour.
3.5
Operating Information
Motor is designed to operate with a Variable Frequency Drive. Consult the Variable
Frequency Operation Section supplied with this motor that appears in Section 5 of this
manual.
www.nov.com
SECTION 4
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
30
MAINTENANCE
4.1
Inspection Procedure
Prior to beginning the inspection, the following items should be available: Inspection
light, basic hand tools and wrenches, overhead lifting equipment, electric/pneumatic
wire brush suitable for the area classification, roughing/sanding pads, safety solvent,
personal protective equipment, etc.
personnel.
Step 1:
Inspect exterior bolting all bolts should be present, tight and free of rust and
dirt.
Step 2:
Remove end covers and side panels inspect all mating surfaces, flange
overlaps, and areas where covers are adjacent to metal parts on motor
exterior for indications of sparking or localized heating. Clean and reinspect.
Step 3:
Step 4:
Inspect rotor look for evidence of sparking at rotor bar to shorting ring bolts
and rotor bolts and between the rotor bars and the laminations at the edges of
the slots at the end of the core and at each air duct. Clean and reinspect.
Step 5:
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
Step 6:
210-CM632UUT
05
31
General inspection while motor is open, inspect interior for cleanliness, filter
conditions, insulation cracks, loose bolts or brackets, leaks, or evidence of
end-turn movement. Clean or schedule shop maintenance as needed. See
repair caution below.
Step 7:
Test station observers should view internal joints and the rotor to stator air
gap and start motor while watching for sparks. Repeat test start if needed.
Step 8:
Clean using safety solvent, wire brush and roughing/sanding pads, clean
both sides of mating surfaces of air shields and end and side covers at bolt
connection points. Be sure to clean both metal components and not just
under bolt heads. Bare metal should be showing.
REPAIR CAUTION
In order to maintain compliance with the Certified ATEX standards incorporated on
this motor, any repair must be performed by National Oilwell Varco manufacturing
facility in Sugar Land, Texas.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
4.2
210-CM632UUT
05
32
Preventive Maintenance
A routine regular preventive maintenance program practiced conscientiously will ensure
peak performance, extend motor life and minimize or eliminate equipment breakdowns.
The following preventive maintenance schedule is a guide for establishing a preventive
maintenance program for motors operating under standard conditions. Specific operating
conditions should be analyzed by the equipment user and a preventive maintenance
program established accordingly.
4.3
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
4.4
210-CM632UUT
05
33
1. Clean the external motor surfaces only when the drilling motor is removed from its
machinery and power is removed from the motor.
WARNING!
PERSONNEL
PERFORMING
CLEANING
PROCEDURES
MUST
WEAR
FAILURE TO DO SO MAY
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
34
4. When steam cleaning is complete, let excess fluid drain from the motor.
5. Remove plastic covers or protective covers and tape from the motor. Clean the
inside of the motor by using a vacuum cleaner or dry low pressure compressed
air, 25 PSI maximum, to remove any accumulation of dirt, dust or other gritty
particles. Stubborn deposits of grease, oil or similar substances on the metal
components that are located away and clear of the windings and insulating
components may be cleaned using a clean cloth moistened with a nonflammable
solvent.
WARNING!
UNDER
NO
MOISTENED
CIRCUMSTANCES
CLOTH
BE
SHOULD
ALLOWED
TO
THE
SOLVENT
CONTACT
THE
OR
SOLVENT
WINDINGS
OR
INSULATING COMPONENTS.
Deposits of grease, oil, or similar substances on the winding or insulating components
should only be removed with a clean dry shop cloth. Consult with National Oilwell
Varco in Sugar Land, Texas if the winding or insulating components are contaminated
to an extent where wiping with a cloth will not remove the contaminants. See Drying
Procedure.
4.5
Drying Procedure
If the motor has been subjected to extreme dampness during shipment, storage, or
cleaning, a procedure may be required to thoroughly dry all windings.
If the stator insulation resistance measures less than 2 megohms, the machine must be
dried out until at least the minimum recommended resistance value is obtained. The
drying-out process can be accomplished by applying either external or internal heat as
necessary to obtain an end-winding temperature of 167F (75C) by thermometer.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
4.6
210-CM632UUT
05
35
Methods of Drying
The easiest and most convenient method of drying out a motor consists of placing the
complete, or partially disassembled, machine in an oven. External heat also can be
applied by placing space heaters beneath the motor so as to obtain an even distribution
of heat along the length of the unit.
circulation during the drying-out process to insure a complete and thorough job.
CAUTION!
The temperature of the motor should be raised slowly to avoid building up
excessive vapor or gas pressure, which could prove harmful to the insulation. Do
not exceed a temperature rise of 18F (10C) per hour.
CAUTION!
Do not hurry the drying-out process. Never permit the temperature of the motor
to exceed the maximum allowable temperature rise marked on the name plate.
4.7
Maintain Record
It is advisable to maintain a record of the insulation resistance and humidity during
measurements for each motor. The measurements, taken at maintenance intervals, will
provide a means of detecting a gradual deterioration of the winding insulation. Such
records should list the prevailing site conditions, such as the test voltages, ambient
temperature and humidity, at the time of each test since these conditions will affect the
results.
4.8
Bearing Lubrication
4.8.1 Application
Grease lubricated anti-friction bearings (NGLI #3)
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
4.8.2
210-CM632UUT
05
36
Grease Specifications
A high quality NGLI #3 grease is recommended, with the following physical properties:
Soap Base..........Lithium
Dropping Point.............383oF
Worked Penetration Per ASTM D217...238 NGLI #3
Operating Temperature Range...-40oF to 275oF
Oxidation Inhibited..YES
Corrosion Inhibited..YES
Flash Point.415F
Bearing Lubrication
The motor is factory furnished with the bearing properly prepared with the correct
amount of grease for initial operation. The bearing housing is equipped with provisions
for a grease zerk and a grease vent to facilitate the addition of grease to the bearing. At
each lubrication interval and during preventive maintenance inspections, the grease
seal area and adjacent shaft area should be inspected for signs of excessive leakage.
If excessive leakage is present the seals should be replaced and the shaft and seal
sleeves repaired or replaced as necessary.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
37
The recommendations for typical installations may need to be adjusted for specific
applications. In applications for standby use, the amount of grease may need to be
reduced to avoid over greasing. In applications of extreme temperatures or higher than
normal air born contaminates, the amount or frequency of lubrication may need to
increase. Please consult National Oilwell Varco in Sugar Land, Texas if you have
questions concerning a specific application. If over greasing occurs, the motor can
be run as long as the temperature of the bearing is closely monitored and the unit is
shut down when it reaches the alarm point specified in Paragraph 3.2.2. The bearing
temperature should always be monitored after relubrication. A slight increase in the
bearing temperature for several hours immediately after fresh grease is added is
normal.
Please consult with National Oilwell Varco in Sugar Land, Texas if you have
questions concerning over greasing or temperature fluctuations in the bearings.
Should it become necessary to remove the bearing from the motor, it should be
thoroughly inspected for wear or damage prior to re-installation, and replaced if
necessary. The seals of the bearing housing should also be inspected for wear or
damage and replaced if necessary. When re-installing the bearing, the bearing should
be hand packed with grease and the bearing housings should be packed to 1/2 to 2/3
full with grease. Care should be taken to insure that no foreign material is allowed into
the grease, bearing or bearing housing.
It is recommended that the following relubrication interval and amount be adhered to for
proper bearing operation and life.
For location or installations not re-greasing or repacking the bearings as routine
maintenance, it is recommended to replace the bearings every 25,000 hours or five
years.
Refer to Section 7 for bearing type.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
Bearing
210-CM632UUT
05
38
Grease Quantity
Interval
1030-20-0076
6330M
1030-20-0080
7320
50 - 55 grams*
1030-14-0004
BC1-1330
10090160-001
6320
50 - 55 grams*
1030-08-0113
BB1-3039
50 55 grams*
*A typical industrial grease gun pumps approximately one gram of grease for every
stroke of the gun. Therefore 50 grams is approximately 50 shots from a standard
grease gun. This should be checked with each individual grease gun to assure the
proper amount of grease is used.
4.8.4
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
4.9
210-CM632UUT
05
39
Troubleshooting
The most important item to keep a unit running with very little down time is to set up a
program for intelligently analyzing the malfunctions, and making the necessary
corrections. Although regular preventive maintenance inspections are conducted, be
alert between inspections for any signs of motor trouble. When a minor problem is
located, correct it immediately. Minor defects can result in costly repairs and down time.
Some of the more common symptoms, along with probable causes and helpful
remedies, are found in the following chart.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
40
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
Note:
SYMPTOM
Motor does
not start
POSSIBLE CAUSES
One phase is missing
The fuse has blown
REMEDY
Check. Reset circuit breaker or replace
fuses if open.
Overload
Repair fault.
Repair
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
SYMPTOM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
210-CM632UUT
05
41
REMEDY
Bearing
issues:
Vibration
Misalignment
Noise
Mounting of components
Temp. rise
Inadequate lubrication
thrust overloading
Lubricate.
Correct overload.
Increase of
the
rotational
torque
Case distortion
Seal damage or displacement
Replace bearings.
www.nov.com
SECTION 5
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
42
Manual explains the significance of the descriptions that define the capability of the motor
under variable frequency operation.
5.1 Motor Capability Descriptions General
The following diagram shows GENERAL capability ranges of a motor under variable
frequency operation. The SPECIFIC ranges are marked on the nameplate. Data sheets
and curves detailing the motors performance under Variable Frequency operation also
appear in the Drawing and Data Package.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
43
Figure 10 shows a typical Speed-Torque Curve for rating values, please refer to data
sheets and curves for specific model number.
HORIZONTAL AXIS Speed of the motor controlled by a Variable Frequency Drive (VFD)
in RPM.
The intersection of 100% (full torque) and based speed, Point 1 Figure10 gives the rated
torque of the motor and its base speed.
Constant TORQUE SPEED RANGE (Line 2 Figure 10): The motor is capable of
continuously producing the torque equal to its rated. In this speed range, the motor flux is
kept constant by the drive; therefore, motor draws almost the same amount of current for
the same torque request at any speed.
continuously
producing the power equal to its rated. At base speed, motor voltage reaches its
maximum. Beyond the base speed, motor voltage stays at its
maximum;
consequently,
motor flux decreases as the motor speed increases. The decreases of motor flux and the
thermal limitation defined by the rated current results the constant HP Speed Range, in
which the decreases of the torque is inversely proportional to the increase of the speed.
The speed range of constant HP is defined on the nameplate.
Reduced HP SPEED RANGE (Line 4 Figure 10): The motor cant hold the rated power
anymore, as the break down torque falls off by the square of the reduced flux. Instead, it
produces a reduced power, determined based on the breakdown torque (pull out) of the
motor at each corresponding speed.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
44
VOLTAGE: Motor voltage reaches its maximum at base speed, at speeds lower than
the base speed the motor voltage increases linearly with its speed. This is due to the
constant volts-Hz ratio controlled by the Variable Frequency Drive (VFD). Once motor
speed exceeds the base speed, motor voltage remains at its maximum, even with the
increase of the motor speed. Consequently, the volts-Hz ratio reduces with the speed
increase. As volts-Hz ratio reflects the strength of the motor field, point 1) gives the
speed beyond which the field weakening starts.
MOTOR COOLING: Motor is designed to operate with auxiliary blower at all times,
regardless of the drilling motor speed. Blower should be on when the main motor is
energized.
5.2
Drive Parameters
National Oilwell Varcos CM632 Series induction motors are specifically designed for
Rig Applications involving Variable Frequency Drive sources. The motor performance
has been optimized for a certain level of Flux present in the motor. The settings of the
Variable Frequency Drive control the Flux level and affect the temperature and
performance of the motor.
The following motor parameters when used in the Variable Frequency Drive program
will provide optimum performance to the motor.
application in a Hazardous Area, the temperature rise and validity of the certification is
dependent on the drive providing output of the parameters shown.
The following are Drive-program parameters that affect the temperature and
performance of the motor with an explanation of the relationship. The specific Drive
parameters are located in the data sheets provided in the Drawing and Data
Package and on the nameplate.
Supply Voltage:
The 3-phase rms voltage into the Drive. This establishes the
maximum available voltage at the Voltage Level Point (Field Weaken Frequency).
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
Rated Power:
210-CM632UUT
05
45
Usually the units of this
supplied to the motor. Above this frequency, the voltage remains constant at rated
volts.
This
frequency parameter controls the flux level in the motor and the amount of magnetic
saturation in the motor. The No-load amps, full-load amps, slip, temperature, and power
factor are affected by this parameter.
dependent on the number of poles and the applied frequency. The motor rotates very
close to this speed when uncoupled (No-load).
When loaded, the conductors of the rotor cut the stators flux
and power is induced in the rotor. The rotor rotates slower than the stator magnetic
field, dependent on the amount of flux in the stator and the load torque applied to the
shaft. This speed is lower than the motors Synchronous speed.
Slip at Rated Load (RPM):
output. This value is obtained from test measurements using Current Transformers.
voltage. The motors magnetizing current (No-load amps) is affected by the voltage and
frequency applied.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
46
The magnetizing amps provide amp-turns to develop the magnetic flux in the motor.
Uncoupled or at no-load, the motor should draw the same magnetizing current to
maintain a constant flux over the range of constant Volt-per-Hertz slope.
Power Factor:
The
power
factor
parameter
defines
the
magnitudes
of
Carrier Frequency:
PWM output affects the temperature of the motor. Higher carrier frequencies improve
the harmonic content and losses within the motor and result in lower temperatures. If a
carrier frequency is specified the value is a minimum.
Other parameters of the Drive program can be set with consideration for factors of the
Drive and the application. Limiting the motor current, torque, and power less than the
rated values will affect motor output.
5.3
Service Condition
5.3.1
General
Motors should be properly selected with respect to their service and operating
conditions. CM632 Series induction motors are designed for operation in accordance
with their ratings (as marked) under usual service conditions. While the motor may be
capable of operating under one or more unusual service condition a SPECIAL motor
may be required for some unusual conditions. Usual and unusual conditions are listed
below as the basis for evaluating proper application of the motor.
Applying a motor with service conditions other than those specified as usual may
involve some degree of hazard. The additional hazard depends upon the degree of
departure from the usual condition and the severity of the environment to which the
motor is exposed. The conditions of hazard could result from overheating, mechanical
failure, premature insulation deterioration, corrosion, fire, and explosion.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
5.3.2
210-CM632UUT
05
47
Unless otherwise marked, the following conditions are the basis for defining the
motors capability.
1. Grease lubricated bearings lowest ambient temperature: -20C
(minus)
2. Water cooling lowest ambient temperature: 5C
3. An altitude that does not exceed 3300 feet (1000 meters)
4. Installation on a rigid mounting surface
5. Installation in areas where motor ventilation is not compromised
5.3.3
National Oilwell Varco should be consulted if any of the following unusual service
conditions exist.
A.
Exposure to:
1. Combustible, explosive, abrasive or conducting dusts
2. Lint or very dirty operating conditions where accumulation of dirt may
interfere with normal ventilation
3. Chemical fumes, flammable or explosive gases
4. Nuclear radiation
5. Steam, salt-laden air, or oil vapor
6. Damp or very dry locations, radiant heat, vermin infestation, or
atmospheres conducive to the growth of fungus
7. Abnormal shock, vibration, or mechanical loading from external sources
8. Abnormal axial or side thrust imposed on the motors shaft
Unusual Operation where motor voltage is unbalanced by more than one percent
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
C.
210-CM632UUT
05
48
Unusual Operation at speeds above the rated speed or speed marked on the
nameplate
D.
E.
F.
www.nov.com
SECTION 6
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
49
WARNING!
MOTORS FOR HAZARDOUS AREAS ARE SPECIALLY DESIGNED TO
COMPLY WITH OFFICIAL REGULATIONS CONCERNING THE RISK OF
EXPLOSION. IF IMPROPERLY USED, BADLY CONNECTED, OR
ALTERED, NO MATTER HOW MINOR, THEIR RELIABILITY COULD BE
IN DOUBT. STANDARDS RELATING TO THE CONNECTION AND USE
OF ELECTRICAL APPARATUS IN HAZARDOUS AREAS MUST BE
TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION, ESPECIALLY NATIONAL STANDARDS
FOR INSTALLATION. ONLY TRAINED PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH
THESE STANDARDS SHOULD HANDLE THIS TYPE OF APPARATUS.
WARNING!
MOTORS OPERATED FROM INVERTERS SHOULD NOT BE USED IN
ANY HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) LOCATIONS UNLESS THE MOTOR IS
IDENTIFIED ON THE NAMEPLATE AS ACCEPTABLE FOR SUCH
OPERATION. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING COULD
RESULT IN AN UNSAFE INSTALLATION THAT COULD CAUSE
DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO
PERSONNEL, OR BOTH.
All external wiring to power motor or accessories mounted on the motor must be in
compliance with EN 60079-14, Explosive Atmospheres Part 14: Electrical Installation
Design, Selection and Erection.
End users must comply with the special conditions for safe use listed on ATEX
Certificate and on Declaration of Incorporation.
Conditions are:
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
1.
210-CM632UUT
05
50
This motor requires the following two measures to maintain the safe
temperatures of Increase Safety e protection for a maximum of 200C surface
temperature.
a)
b)
2.
Do not open when energized. All components, including anti condensate heaters
must be de-energized before opening access covers or enclosure covers.
3.
Use only with Variable Frequency Drive designated on ATEX Certificate. Not
intended for across-the-line start.
4.
The responsibility for insuring safe operation lies with the end user and special
conditions for safe use on the ATEX Certificate must be followed.
5.
This is a standard motor that may require additional wiring, modifications and
accessories to be added prior to installation and use. These additional elements
are not included in this certification and the user of the certificate must ensure
that the final installation conforms to the relevant ATEX requirements.
6.1
Construction
National Oilwell Varcos CM632 Series of motors is specifically designed for Rig
Applications involving Variable Frequency Drives.
When the motor is marked with a nameplate reading Increased Safety e, the motor is
provided with a type of protection in which additional measures are applied so as to give
increased security against the possibility of excessive temperatures and of the
occurrence of arcs and sparks inside and on external parts of electrical apparatus in
normal service. The type of protection is denoted by e and the additional measures
are those required by Standard EN60079-7 Electrical Apparatus for Potentially
Explosive Atmospheres Increased Safety e.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
6.2
210-CM632UUT
05
51
Standards
This motor has been designed manufactured to the applicable requirements of NEMA
MG1.
This motor has been designed manufactured to the applicable requirements of IEC/EN
60034-1. (Rotating Electrical Machines, Part 1: Rating and Performance)
The performance and features of construction are in accordance with the requirements
set forth in the following Standards for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere.
The following other standards are incorporated into the performance and features of
construction not related to the specifics of Increased Safety e.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
52
Certification requires the motor to be tested with the specific drive type used in the final
application. The following two pages are the Declaration of Conformity that ships with
the motor and lists specific motor serial numbers.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
www.nov.com
210-CM632UUT
05
53
Document number
Revision
Page
6.4
210-CM632UUT
05
54
6.4.1
The following information is shown as a sample of the Main Nameplate for the motor.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
55
Manufacturer: National Oilwell (Or after March 2005, National Oilwell Varco) is located
at 500 Industrial Blvd., Sugar Land, Texas 77478, USA.
MODEL: Each motor has a Model Number identification that defines the features and
performance. Duplicate motors share the same Model Number.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
56
SERIAL No.: Each motor has a unique number that identifies a specific motor. No two
motors have the same Serial Number. Complete traceability of manufacturing is
maintained with this identifier.
MFG YEAR: The year the motor was manufactured.
6.4.2 Variable Frequency Hazardous Location Nameplates
This motor is designated to be Group II equipment, which means it is suitable for the
appropriate explosive atmosphere(s) other than for mining applications. Equipment for
mining applications is designated as Group I.
This nameplate is for a motor designed and tested to be Increased Safety e defined
from EN 60079-7: Increased Safety e.
which does not produce arcs or sparks in normal service. The e denotes
type of protection and the additional measures are those required by the
Standard EN 60079-7.
The following information is shown on the Hazardous Location Nameplate for induction
motors.
When a mark does not appear in the field on the nameplate, the information Does Not
Apply.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
57
MODEL: Each motor has a Model Number identification that defines the features and
performance. Duplicate motors would share the same Model Number. This is the same
Model Number that appears on the Main Motor Nameplate.
SERIAL NO.: Each motor has a unique number that identifies a specific motor. No two
motors have the same Serial Number. Complete traceability of manufacturing is
maintained with this identifier. This is the same Serial Number that appears on the Main
Motor Nameplate.
CERTIFICATION LISTING:
FILE NUMBER: The Identification number from a Certifying Agency regarding the
motors compliance to the standards of construction and performance listed.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
58
AGENCY: The Certifying Agency that has reviewed compliance with the standards of
construction and performance listed.
QUALIFICATIONS:
regarding compliance with the standards or temperature limits are marked in this
location on the nameplate.
NOMINAL SPEED: The speed of the motor at full-load in RPM. The Slip R.P.M. is
determined from this marking by the difference in full-load RPM and the synchronous
RPM.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
59
NOMINAL CURRENT: The amp-draw of the motor at full-load in amps R.M.S. The
amps shown are when rated voltage is applied at the motor terminals. This is the
current designated by IN equal to 1/0 P.W. amps.
NOTE: Typically, voltages lower than rated voltage reach the motor. Other motor
currents can be determined from this marking by increasing the amps by the ratio of the
voltages.
CURRENT RATIO (IA/IN): This is the ratio of the stall current IA (at rated conditions)
divided by Nominal full-load amps IN. This ratio defines the motor current in a lockedrotor (stall) condition. This marking is required by Standard EN 60079-7 for Increased
Safety e motors.
Protection of the motor. The drive must be set to limit the motor to this value of current
overload.
SAFE STALL TIME (tE): The time in seconds for an AC winding when carrying starting
current IA, to be heated up from the temperature reached in rated service and at
maximum ambient temperature to a temperature that does not exceed the limiting
(maximum surface) temperature.
frequency at the no-load (uncoupled shaft) conditions. This is the magnetization amps
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
60
of the magnetic circuit that is dependent on the voltage and frequency settings of the
Variable Frequency Drive.
POWER FACTOR: The Cosine of the angle between voltage applied and the amps
drawn by the motor. The Power Factor can be multiplied by 100 and represented by a
percentage.
The drive must be set to limit the amps into the motor at stall to the value IA. At the
current limit IA. Power must be removed from the motor before time (tE).
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
61
The total temperature allowed for the Hazardous Location maximum surface
temperature is marked on the nameplate at the top of the graph as LIMITING
TEMPERATURE. The maximum surface temperature marked will not be exceeded if
power to the motor is removed before the time marked as (tE).
Intermittent Duty:
The CM632 Series motor is capable of short time overloads indicated as the
Intermittent Duty on the motors published data. The motor is suitable for high load
excursions without exceeding the surface temperatures of the rated conditions if limited
to the Duty Cycle listed.
The temperatures of the rated condition will not be exceeded if the r.m.s. current of the
Duty Cycle does not exceed rated current.
Intermittent Duty Cycles may require higher current outputs from the Variable
Frequency Drive than shown as the motors IA/IN stall ratio. To obtain higher current
levels, the allowable stall time must be reduced by the square of the higher current.
The allowable stall time is less at higher amps by the square of the ratio.
For example, if the IA/IN ratio of the motor is 1.2 PU current and the time (tE) is 30
seconds, the rotor temperature is capable of 1.8 PU current for 13 seconds.
The shorter allowable stall time of 13 seconds was calculated by the square of the ratio
1.2/1.8 times the original 30 seconds.
CE Marking: The CE marking is legally required (mandatory) for products intended for
sale or placed into service in Europe.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
62
The impetus behind the CE Marking of products is to allow free movement and sales of
goods within the Union, and to eliminate country specific requirements.
Directives (laws) contain the requirements that a product must meet to be sold in the
E.U. For this motor, special documentation requirements and test requirements have
been met for compliance with E.U. Directive on Machinery Safety 98/37/EC.
Compliance is demonstrated with the marking affixed to the product, in this case, the
CE Marking appearing on the motor nameplate. Specifically, conformity with EHSR
1.5.1 has been demonstrated by compliance with the requirements of EN 60204-1
Markings:
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
63
nameplate is BLANK, the motor is not suitable for hazardous locations. It is suitable for
an area that is NOT CLASSIFIED as hazardous.
NOTE:
replacement of space heaters must not exceed the original surface temperature
marked. This cautionary note also appears on the space heater nameplate.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
6.5
210-CM632UUT
05
64
System Protection
The motor provided with this manual has construction features and tested performance
required by (IEC 60079-7). Increased Safety e Electrical Apparatus. This motor is
NOT explosion proof and will NOT contain an ignition source if surfaces inside the motor
exceed permissible temperatures. This motor requires thermal protection to remove the
power source before non-permissible temperatures are reached. The motor is a passive
device that depends on proper energization and removal of power to maintain safe
temperatures. Proper application of a motor in a hazardous-location requires proper
system parameters such as pre-start purging, adequate cooling-air, drive-programming,
and use of overload and stall protection.
The application of the (IEC 60079-7) Increased Safety e designation of this motor
requires the motor temperature to not exceed the maximum temperature allowed by the
Temperature Code. In order to avoid non-permissible temperatures on surfaces of the
motor, external methods such as an inverse-time delay overload protective device are
required. The motor requires system protection.
CAGE MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION - When the motor is intended for use with a
current-dependent device to protect against non-permissible temperatures, the starting
current ratio (IA/IN) and the time (tE) marked on the motor are to be used.
The inverse-time delay overload protective device needs to 1) monitor motor current
and 2) disconnect a stalled motor within the time (tE). The protective device is to be set
using the current / delay-time characteristic curves so that the (IA/IN) starting current
ratio and time (tE) data marked on the motor.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
65
Per EN 60079-7 it is required that motors supplied with varying frequency and voltage
by a Drive (converter) be tested with the Variable Frequency Drive and certified for the
duty marked on the nameplate. Testing of the protective devices provided for the motor
are also required to be tested at final installation.
The quantity of cooling-air at the motor is marked on the nameplate as air volume in
SCFM (Standard Cubic Feet per Minute). This is the air required into the motor opening
to maintain the maximum surface temperature listed. The density of the cooling-air is
defined to be less than an altitude of 3300 feet (1000 meters). The maximum
temperature of the cooling-air is defined to be less than the ambient temperature listed
on the Main Motor Nameplate.
Motor cooling is dependent on the air supplied to the motor. The cooling air is a System
requirement for proper application of the motor.
WARNING!
IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN COMPLIANCE WITH THE INCREASED SAFETY e
APPLICATION OF THIS MOTOR, THE DUCTED AIR FLOW PROVIDED AT THE
MOTOR MUST BE EQUAL OR GREATER THAN SHOWN ON THE NAMEPLATE.
A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH OR OTHER MEANS TO ENSURE
REQUIRED AIR FLOW IS RECOMMENDED.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
6.6
210-CM632UUT
05
66
This motor has been specially designed and tested for operation with the Variable
Frequency Drive type(s) listed on the motor nameplate. The operating program of the
drive affects the temperature of the motor if it is not done properly. The parameters for
programming the Variable Frequency Drive are provided with this manual.
WARNING!
ANY
CHANGES
TO
THE
PROGRAMMING
OF
THE
VARIABLE
www.nov.com
SECTION 7
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
67
SPECIFICATIONS
Description
General
This model of motor is an alternating current induction motor of open force ventilated
construction. It is a two bearing configuration.
7.1.3
Ratings
1,500 HP
1,600 HP
600/690 Volts
600/690 Volts
1,440 Amperes
1,570 Amperes
44 Hertz nominal
44 Hertz nominal
3 Phase
3 Phase
870 RPM
Refer to the outline drawing, nameplate, motor data, and application information
provided in this manual for more specific information.
7.1.4
Motor Frame
The construction of this motor results in a totally enclosed air-over machine with a
(IP45) enclosure with. The stator and coils assembly is an integral part of the frame
with the stator laminations welded directly to the frame structure. The motor frame is
equipped with removable end frames, which provide support for the bearings.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
7.1.5
210-CM632UUT
05
68
Ventilation
This motor is designed for ducted ventilation. This type of ventilation requires external
air-flow. Air is blown into the motor through the NDE openings in the frame. Hot air is
exhausted through the drive openings. The blower must be operational and providing
the required amount of air (3400 SCFM) in order for the motor to provide rated output at
the temperatures required.
7.1.6
Bearings
This motor is of two bearing construction. The non drive end of the rotating shaft
assembly is supported by deep grove ball bearing. The drive end of the rotating field
and shaft assembly is supported by a fixed ball bearing or cylindrical bearing. The drive
end bearings are grease lubricated, BCI-1330 Type or 6330. Depending on the model
one or both of the bearings DE and NDE are electrically insulated. The bearing
housings are furnished with seals and includes provisions for refilling during operation.
Each bearing is equipped with one 100 ohm platinum resistive temperature device.
Refer to Bearing Lubrication Instructions provided in Paragraph 4.8 of this manual for
specific lubrication details.
7.1.7
The stator and coils assembly consists of coil groups embedded in slots within the
laminated steel core of the stator. The lamination material is coated with a non-organic
coating. The stator coils are of form wound construction and interconnected on the non
drive end of the stator. The stator connections are located in a side-mounted connection
box. Labeled lead cables are provided in the connection box for the customer
connections to the power source. The stator of the motor is equipped with six 100 ohm
platinum resistive temperature devices embedded between the coils of the stator.
RTDs are shielded internally to the motor.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
210-CM632UUT
05
69
The stator coils embedded in the laminated core receive a Global VPI of nonhygroscopic resin. The stator insulation system is Class H.
7.1.8
Rotating Assembly
The rotating assembly consists of specially shaped copper rotor bars connected in a
cage arrangement. The bars are shorted at each end by copper end rings.
7.1.9
This motor is equipped with a drive shaft for coupling the motor to the driven load. Refer
to the Motor Alignment Procedure starting with Paragraph 2.6 of this manual for specific
motor to load alignment details.
7.1.10
Area Classifications
Confirm hazardous materials are not present before starting the motor.
7.1.11
Auxiliary Terminal Box The auxiliary terminal box contains the connections for the
Stator and Bearing RTDs, and space heaters.
A.)
B.)
Space heaters for the motor are brought out separately to terminals.
Energize per nameplate data located on the terminal box. H1 (L) and H2
(N) connect to motor space heaters.
Main-Power Connections - The motor connects to the power system with leads brought
to the main-power terminals.
www.nov.com
Document number
Revision
Page
7.1.12
210-CM632UUT
05
70
Space Heaters
This motor has been provided with space heaters to prevent moisture absorption when
the machine is out of service. The space heaters are specially designed to limit surface
temperatures for suitability with the Hazardous Area application.
A wide range of
voltages can be applied to the Space Heaters as marked. The range is 120 to 240
Volts AC or DC. The motor requires 200 watts, single phase, 120 / 240 volt AC power.
The space heaters should be energized whenever the motor is not in use. This includes
motor storage and all other cases when the motor is not operating. If the motor is in a
humidity controlled environment, then the space heaters do not need to be energized.
When the motor is in storage, provision shall be made to allow adequate air circulation
for moisture removal and prevention of overheating.
7.1.13
TRIP CONTACT
(SHUTDOWN)
DE Bearing RTD
90C
100C
90C
100C
RTD Winding
185C
190C
Proximity Probes
Customer
Customer
Stall Time
www.nov.com
45 Seconds
Document number
Revision
Page
7.2
210-CM632UUT
05
71
Models: CM632UUTDESCRIPTION
*QTY
6550-10-0069
10032318-003
6550-25-0029
10021574-001
1030-14-0004
10032517-016
1030-20-0076
10032508-009
Seal, DE
1555-02-0013
10032360-015
G54417
10019326-001
Seal Lip
10511454-001
10509096-001
www.nov.com
PART 2
REFERENCE
REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
Model CM632UUT
Induction Motor
www.nov.com
DOCUMENT NUMBER
REV
10876548-201-DWG
01
Document number
Revision
Page
10876548-201-DWG
01
i
REVISION HISTORY
01
19.06.2014
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
Initial Release
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
01
Change Description
Initial Release
www.nov.com
J.B.
N.J.
B.M.
Prepared
Checked
Approved
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
1
Page
DATA SHEETS
Induction Motor Data
1-5
2-5
3-5
4-5
5-5
5-5
DRAWINGS
ATEX CERTIFICATION
ii
SECTION 1
Drive
System
(Volts)
Motor
Terminal
(Volts)
TORQUE
(Lb-Ft)
SPEED
(RPM)
CURRENT
(AMPS)
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
(DEGREE)
1600
600
560
9659
870
1570
S1, Continuous
-40C to +55C
1600
690
640
9659
870
1500
S1, Continuous
-40C to +55C
1850
600
560
11168
870
1735
-40C to +55C
2000
600
560
12074
870
1912
-40C to +55C
:
:
CM632UUT
Draw Works, Mud Pump, Rotary Table and Top Drive
approved drives.
ENCLOSURE PROTECTION
METHOD OF COOLING
INSULATION
Class H
MAXIMUM ALTITUDE
PHASE SEQUENCE
Note: The sound level will exceed 85 dB(A) - ear protection must be worn while in the vicinity of the motor
when running.
STATOR RTD SETTINGS (Recommended):
TITLE:
02
5/20/2013
REV.
DATE
BY
M. Carter
C. Wade
APPVL.
N. Bannick
DATA SHEET
AC INDUCTION DRILLING MOTOR
MODEL NUMBER: CM632UUT
1600 HP RATING
REV.
DWG. NO.
10645297-DAS
SHT 1 OF 5
02
Comply with
:
:
Certified By:
Qualifications:
Markings:
3 Hours
CURRENT RATIO [ Ia / In ]
600 Volts
DTC
600 V
1570 A
44 Hz
870 RPM
1600 HP
690 Volts
DTC
600 V
1570 A
44 Hz
870 RPM
1600 HP
Important Note:
1) Standard ID run is required prior to starting up the motor.
DWG. NO.
10645297-DAS
FORM NO. 112-A
REV.
SHT 2 OF 5
02
600 V OPERATION
Continuous:
1600HP
Constant Torque (*)
Constant Horsepower (*)
Reduce Power
: 0 to 870 RPM
: 870 to 1400 RPM
: 1400 to 2400 RPM
(*) Above points are witnessed and certified by the ATEX notifying body on page 2 of 5
12000
11000
10000
TORQUE(LbFt)
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
200
400
600
800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200
SPEED(RPM)
DWG. NO.
10645297-DAS
FORM NO. 112-A
REV.
SHT 3 OF 5
02
690 V OPERATION
Continuous:
1600HP
Constant Torque (*)
Constant Horsepower (*)
Reduce Power
: 0 to 870 RPM
: 870 to 1400 RPM
: 1400 to 2400 RPM
(*) Above points are witnessed and certified by the ATEX notifying body on page 2 of 5
12000
11000
10000
TORQUE(LbFt)
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
200
400
600
800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200
SPEED(RPM)
DWG. NO.
10645297-DAS
FORM NO. 112-A
REV.
SHT 4 OF 5
02
600V OPERATION
Motor Performance Curve
Torque versus Current @ 870 RPM
14000
TORQUE(LbFt)
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0
250
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
1750
2000
2250
CURRENT(Amps)
690V OPERATION
Motor Performance Curve
Torque versus Current @ 870 RPM
14000
12000
)t 10000
f
b
L( 8000
E
U 6000
Q
R
O
T 4000
2000
0
0
250
500
750
1000
1250
1500
CURRENT(Amps)
DWG. NO.
10645297-DAS
FORM NO. 112-A
REV.
SHT 5 OF 5
02
SECTION 2
DRAWINGS 10876548-201-DWG
Title
Drawing Number
Nameplate, Heater.G25313
2-1
Title
Drawing Number
Installation, Exhaust......................G97125
Bill of Material10010372-001 (B/M G97125)
Installation, Blower10746842-ASM
Bill of Material..B/M 10746842-001
2-2
Printed By:ramirezrl
Model Number:
NOV Part Number:
rd
3 Party Certifications:
Paint or Primer
Specifications:
1600 HP, 690V, CM632UUT Motor equipped with 100W heater 120/240V, six
100 ohm platinum stator RTDs, One 100 ohm platinum RTD for each bearing,
max rated speed 2400RPM, ambient temperature -40C to 55C, and furnished
with the following:
Accessories:
1) Connection Box: Stainless steel mounted right side, (viewed from NDE)
IP56
2) Pressure Switch: United Electric J120K - 455
3) Blower Assembly: Furnished; see detail below.
4) Shaft / Hub: 5.65 inch tapered shaft with 10.470 inch Hub
5) Encoder: None
6) Exhaust Hood: Top mounted drive end exhaust.
CM632UUT-150E
10876548-201
ATEX
NOV Blue
050-2000-M-001
Customer
Documentation:
Standard Documentation
a. Electronic Operations Manual
b. Electronic Test Reports
Special Documentation: See Special Instructions
Special Instructions:
None
Blower Description:
Encoder Description:
4200 CFM Blower assembly with a 20HP 440\480V 3 phase 60Hz motor.
Blower assembly has weather louvers installed on air intake.
Blower Installation NOV # 10746842-001, Blower Assy. Part # 10700335-301
None
DWN.
REV
DATE
BY
NEXT ASSY
APPVL
FRACTIONAL
1/16
TIR .010
ANGULAR
1/2
H. Torres
K. Harwood
APPVL
APPVL
11/13/13
TITLE:
11/13/13
S. Bao
B. Moats
FSCM NO.
SCALE
52142
SIZE
DWG. NO.
10876548-201-SPC
REV
SHT.
1 OF 1
01
THIS IS A PROPRIETARY DESIGN OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO REPRODUCTION OR USE OF THIS DESIGN BY OTHERS IS
PERMISSIBLE ONLY IF EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO.
TC Number: 10876548-201-SPC
Printed REV: 01
Latest REV: 01
Printed By:ramirezrl
Model Number:
NOV Part Number:
rd
3 Party Certifications:
Paint or Primer
Specifications:
1600 HP, 690V, CM632UUT Motor equipped with 100W heater 120/240V, six
100 ohm platinum stator RTDs, One 100 ohm platinum RTD for each bearing,
max rated speed 2400RPM, ambient temperature -40C to 55C, and furnished
with the following:
Accessories:
1) Connection Box: Stainless steel mounted left side, (viewed from NDE)
IP56
2) Pressure Switch: United Electric J120K - 455
3) Blower Assembly: Furnished; see detail below.
4) Shaft / Hub: 5.65 inch tapered shaft with 10.470 inch Hub
5) Encoder: None
6) Exhaust Hood: Top mounted drive end exhaust.
CM632UUT-150F
10876549-201
ATEX
NOV Blue
050-2000-M-001
Customer
Documentation:
Standard Documentation
a. Electronic Operations Manual
b. Electronic Test Reports
Special Documentation: See Special Instructions
Special Instructions:
None
Blower Description:
Encoder Description:
4200 CFM Blower assembly with a 20HP 440\480V 3 phase 60Hz motor.
Blower assembly has weather louvers installed on air intake.
Blower Installation NOV # 10746842-001, Blower Assy. Part # 10700335-301
None
DWN.
REV
DATE
BY
NEXT ASSY
APPVL
FRACTIONAL
1/16
TIR .010
ANGULAR
1/2
H. Torres
K. Harwood
APPVL
APPVL
11/13/13
TITLE:
11/13/13
S. Bao
B. Moats
FSCM NO.
SCALE
52142
SIZE
DWG. NO.
10876549-201-SPC
REV
SHT.
1 OF 1
01
THIS IS A PROPRIETARY DESIGN OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO REPRODUCTION OR USE OF THIS DESIGN BY OTHERS IS
PERMISSIBLE ONLY IF EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO.
TC Number: 10876549-201-SPC
Printed REV: 01
Latest REV: 01
Printed By:ramirezrl
SHT 2
48 3/4
[1238.25]
SHT 2
2 1/16
[51.80]
16.75
[425.45]
20.40
[518.18]
7 5/8
[194.33]
32 3/16
[817.35]
6.12
[155.45]
18 1/4
[463.55]
5.53
[140.40]
12.75
[323.85]
14.75
[374.65]
GROUND
WIRE
6.50
[165.10]
30.00
[762.00]
8.25
[209.55]
38.03
[965.99]
PRESSURE SWITCH
MOUNTING PAD
16.651.005
[422.940.13]
SHAFT DETAIL
SHEET 2
1/4 NPT
GREASE VENT
TYP EACH END
SHT 2
2.50 THRU
TYP (4) PLCS
31.00
[787.40]
12.75
[323.85]
NON
DRIVE END
SHT 2
58.44
[1484.38]
.22
[5.57]
14.75
[374.65]
.81
[20.56]
10 7/16
[264.56]
10X
DRILL & TAP
3/8-16 UNC-2B X 0.75
SPACED AS SHOWN.
DRIVE END
1.53
[38.76]
18.00
[457.20]
TYP
36.00
[914.40]
VIEW FACING
(DRIVE END)
16.50
[419.10]
TYP
33.00
[838.20]
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:
TYPE---------------------------- CM SERIES - INCREASED SAFETY "e"
MODEL------------------------- CM632UUT-____
HP --------------------------------1500 (1119 Kw)
CONSTANT TORQUE ----- 9050 LB-FT
SOURCE ---------------------- VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (PWM)
VOLTS ------------------------- 600V/690V RMS 3-PHASE
DUTY --------------------------- CONTINUOUS
SPEED ------------------------- 870 RPM
(1400-1800 CONSTANT HP)
(1800-3000 CURVE)
MAX MOTOR SPEED LIMITED
BY BEARING CAPACITY
AMBIENT TEMP ------------ 45 OR 55 C
INSULATION ------------------ FORM WOUND CLASS-H
FORCED AIR ----------------- 4200 CFM
ROTATION -------------------- BI-DIRECTIONAL
X.XX DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL AND `.06 UNLESS NOTED
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
DWN
CHK
.XXX .005
.XX
.020
.X
.060
FINISH
NON
DRIVE END
TC Number: 10506689-GAD
22.13
[561.98]
23.13
[587.38]
5.25
[133.35]
8.40
[213.45]
5
APPVL
125
C. WADE
1/16"
TIR .010
REV
DATE
BY
ANGULAR
1/2
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
Printed REV: 01
APPVL
9/27/2010
9/27/2010
B. MOATS
FRACTIONAL
TITLE:
9/27/2010
AC INDUCTION MOTOR
(CM632UUT-130/138)
SCALE:
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY.
H. TORRES
APPVL
DRIVE END
9/27/2010
J. KROBOT
DECIMAL
3/16
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10506689-GAD
1
SHEET:
REVISION:
of
01
Latest REV: 01
Printed By:ramirezrl
30.75
[781.05]
TYP
OPENING
OPENING
.88+.00
-.06
4.25 +0.000
-0.001
1.50
[38.10]
6.67
[169.33]
C
B
B
22.94
[582.63]
TYP
.62+.00
-.06
11.47
[291.31]
TYP
.125 DRILL
0.44 DEEP
4.850
[123.19]
GAGE LINE
7.65
[194.21]
TYP
15.38
[390.53]
TYP
5.520
[140.21]
10X
DRILL & TAP
3/8-16 UNC -2B x 0.750
SPACED AS SHOWN
6.15
[156.21]
TYP
D
5.879 A+0.001
[149.33] -0.001
(4.754 [120.74])
G +0.000
-0.002
E +0.000
-0.002
F +0.000
-0.002
H +0.000
-0.002
DETAIL B
SCALE 3/16
1.25" TAPER
PER FOOT
MOTOR N/P
ATEX N/P
SEE SHAFT
EXTENSION DETAIL
14X
DRILL & TAP
3/8-16 UNC -2B 0.750 DEEP
SPACED AS SHOWN
DRIVE END
4.16
[105.78]
TYP
8.40
[213.31]
TYP
10X
DRILL & TAP
3/8-16 UNC - 2B x .75
SPACED AS SHOWN
16.50
[419.10]
TYP
5.62
[142.87]
TYP
12.68
[322.03]
TYP
5.50
[139.70]
TYP
OPENING
38
[965.99]
31
[787.40]
36
[915.19]
VIEW B-B
DWN
.XX
.020
.X
.060
FINISH
CHK
125
C. WADE
1/16"
TIR .010
REV
DATE
BY
ANGULAR
1/2
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
Printed REV: 01
9/27/2010
APPVL
9/27/2010
B. MOATS
FRACTIONAL
TITLE:
9/27/2010
AC INDUCTION MOTOR
(CM632UUT-130/138)
SCALE:
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY.
H. TORRES
APPVL
APPVL
9/27/2010
J. KROBOT
DECIMAL
( NON DRIVE-END)
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
SIDE VIEW
TC Number: 10506689-GAD
32 3/16
[817.35]
2 3/4
[69.85]
4 TYP
[102.39]
1/2 NPT FEMALE CONNECTION
NON
DRIVE END
-H10.343
10.343
50 7/16
[1280.90]
.XXX .005
-G8.350
8.350
23.38
[593.85]
OPENING
DRIVE END
-F6.730
6.730
-E10.470
10.470
19.38
[492.25]
17 1/4
[437.62] 21.00
TYP
[533.40]
TYP
OPENING
OPENING
-D.134
.125
12X
1-14 UNC-2B X 2.25 DEEP
E.Q. SP ON "E" B.C.
12X
DRILL & TAP
3/8-16 UNC-2B x 0.750
SPACED AS SHOWN
-C1.500
1.625
18 1/4
[463.55]
(TOP VIEW)
4.29
[108.95]
TYP
-B1.934
2.250
.25 X 45
CHAMFER
NON
DRIVE END
VIEW C-C
11.25
[285.75]
TYP
SHAFT OPTIONS
-A5.250
5.650
5.25
[133.35]
TYP
21.08
[535.42]
SHAFT
MODEL
1
2
8.34
[211.79]
TYP
4.19
[106.36]
TYP
8.38
[212.73]
TYP
5.75
[146.05]
TYP
11.50
[292.10]
TYP
8.13
[206.50]
TYP
4.07
[103.25]
TYP
.06 X 45
CHAMFER
1-8 UNC -2B 1.500 DEEP
1.125 X 90
(LIFTING PROVISION)
.25
[6.35]
3/16
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10506689-GAD
SHEET:
REVISION:
of
01
Latest REV: 01
Printed By:ramirezrl
55 5/16
[1404.72]
MAY VARY DEPENDING
ON BLOWER MANUFACTURER
66 9/16
[1690.81]
OPTIONAL BLOWER
AND FILTER
OPTIONAL BLOWER
AND FILTER
OPTIONAL BLOWER
EXTENSION ADAPTER
70 3/4
[1797.71]
MAY VARY DEPENDING
ON BLOWER MANUFACTURER
OPTIONAL
PRESSURE SWITCH
OPTIONAL ENCODER
HEATER
COVER BROKEN
BOX
OPTIONAL HUB
SEE SHEET 2
NON
DRIVE END
DRIVE END
RIGHT HAND
CONNECTION BOX POSITION
WITH BLOWER & TOP EXHAUST SHOWN
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
DWN
J. KROBOT
DECIMAL
CHK
.XXX .005
.XX
.020
.X
.060
FINISH
APPVL
125
C. WADE
1/16"
TIR .010
REV
DATE
BY
ANGULAR
1/2
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
Printed REV: 01
APPVL
9/27/2010
9/27/2010
B. MOATS
FRACTIONAL
TITLE:
9/27/2010
AC INDUCTION MOTOR
(CM632UUT-130/138)
SCALE:
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY.
H. TORRES
APPVL
TC Number: 10506689-GAD
9/27/2010
3/16
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10506689-GAD
1
SHEET:
REVISION:
of
01
Latest REV: 01
Printed By:ramirezrl
52 13/16
[1340.70]
MAY VARY DEPENDING
ON THE BLOWER MANUFACTURER
66 9/16
[1690.81]
OPIONAL BLOWER
OPTIONAL BLOWER
AND FILTER
AND FILTER
OPTIONAL
EXHAUST HOOD
OPTIONAL BLOWER
EXTENSION ADAPTER
70 3/4
[1797.71]
MAY VARY DEPENDING
ON THE BLOWER MANUFACTURER
OPTIONAL
HEATER
PRESSURE SWITCH
BOX
OPTIONAL HUB
SEE SHEET 2
NON
DRIVE END
DRIVE END
LEFT HAND
CONNECTION BOX POSITION
WITH BLOWER & TOP EXHAUST SHOWN
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
DWN
J. KROBOT
DECIMAL
CHK
.XXX .005
.XX
.020
.X
.060
FINISH
APPVL
125
C. WADE
1/16"
TIR .010
REV
DATE
BY
ANGULAR
1/2
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
Printed REV: 01
APPVL
9/27/2010
9/27/2010
B. MOATS
FRACTIONAL
TITLE:
9/27/2010
AC INDUCTION MOTOR
(CM632UUT-130/138)
SCALE:
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY.
H. TORRES
APPVL
TC Number: 10506689-GAD
9/27/2010
3/16
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10506689-GAD
1
SHEET:
REVISION:
of
01
Latest REV: 01
Printed By:ramirezrl
n 5.65
n 5.91
n 6.63
n 6.63
n 5.91
21.57
0.00
1.38
1.63
4.85
5.52
10.12
13.00
14.43
16.93
29.79
SHAFT
CENTER
29.96
CENTER
LINE -A-
30.06
ROTOR
CENTER
43.18
45.68
47.08
53.49
58.44
n 5.17
ITEM
` .020
` .060
FINISH 125
J. BLACK
6/23/2010
APPVL
FRACTIONAL
H. TORRES
6/23/2010
APPVL
SHAFT
682
33.6
29.79
ROTOR ASM.
2017
2699
914.2
30.06
TOTAL
947.8
-A-
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
29.96
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
APPVL
B. MOATS
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
TC Number: 10503859-LAY
6/14/2010
J. KROBOT
CHK
6/15/2010
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
DWN
DECIMAL
Printed REV: 01
WK^2, CM632UUT-138C&D
SCALE:
1/4
PROJECTION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10503859-DAD
1
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF
REVISION:
01
Latest REV: 01
Printed By:ramirezrl
16
5
15
19
13
10
19
14
POSITION ITEM-2
WITH SLOT AT
12 O'CLOCK
POSITION
NOTES:
A
1. PLACE GASKET, ITEM 4, ONTO INNER BEARING CAP, ITEM 3.
USE SEALANT, ITEM 20, TO HOLD GASKET IN PLACE. NEXT
FILL BEARING CAP CAVITY 2/3 FULL WITH GREASE, ITEM 7,
THEN SLIDE ASSEMBLY ONTO SHAFT.
2. MEASURE SHAFT IN THREE LOCATIONS AROUND THE
CIRCUMFERENCE. DO THIS IN AT LEAST TWO DIFFERENT
LOCATIONS AXIALLY. RECORD MEASURED DIMENSIONS.
3. NEXT, HEAT BEARING, ITEM 6, TO 230 DEG. F (110 DEG. C). PRESS
BEARING ONTO SHAFT (WITH BEARING MODEL NUMBER FACING
OUT) UNTIL BEARING SEATS AGAINST SHOULDER OF SHAFT.
ALLOW BEARING TO COOL TO AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BEFORE
PROCEEDING FURTHER.
A
4. AFTER BEARING HAS COOLED, FULLY HAND-PACK WITH GREASE, ITEM 7.
9
5. AFTER BEARING HAS BEEN PROPERLY GREASED, INSTALL END
FRAME, ITEM 1, USING AN X TIGHTENING PATTERN, TORQUE BOLTS
TO THE TORQUE VALUE SPECIFIED ON SHEET 2.
6. HEAT SLEEVE, ITEM 9, UNTIL THE SLEEVE INNER DIAMETER IS
GREATER THAN THE SHAFT DIAMETER. PLACE SLEEVE IN OVEN,
OR USE INDUCTION HEATER. DO NOT USE A DIRECT FLAME TO
17
19 12 11
18 19
20 1
HEAT SLEEVE. SLEEVE TEMPERATURE SHOULD NOT EXCEED
POSITION ITEM-3
TYP (8) PLCS
TYP (3) PLCS
300 DEG. F (149 DEG.C). CAREFULLY SLIDE SLEEVE ONTO SHAFT
SECTION A-A
WITH SLOT AT
UNTIL SLEEVE SEATS AGAINST BEARING RACE. HOLD IN POSITION
A
6 O'CLOCK POSITION A
SCALE 3/8
UNTIL IT COOLS ENOUGH TO STAY IN POSITION. ALLOW SLEEVE TO
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
6/8/2010 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND
COOL TO AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BEFORE PROCEEDING FURTHER.
DWN
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO
DECIMAL
NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR
7. PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE OUTER BEARING CAP, ITEM 2, INSERT SEAL, .XXX ` .005
J. KROBOT
SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO
NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED
CHK
6/16/2010
ITEM 9, INTO BEARING CAP PER SEAL MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. .XX ` .020
PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF
TITLE:
.X
` .060
NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR
J. BLACK
8. AFTER SEAL HAS BEEN PROPERLY INSTALLED, MOUNT BEARING CAP
USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS
6/16/2010 INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHFINISH 125
APPVL
INSTALLATION, END FRAME DE
OUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS
ONTO END FRAME WITH GASKET, ITEM 5. TIGHTEN BOLTS
DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON
H. TORRES
(CM632)
REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR
USING AN X PATTERN PER TORQUE VALUE SPECIFIED ON SHEET 2.
FRACTIONAL
6/16/2010 WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND
APPVL
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED
` 1/16"
9. AFTER FULLY ASSEMBLED, PUSH/PULL ON THE SHAFT AXIALLY BY
HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.
C. WADE
TIR .010
SCALE:
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
FSCM
No.
ANGULAR
HAND TO CHECK END PLAY. RECORD THE DISTANCE THAT THE
REV DATE BY APPVL
1/8
NATIONAL
OILWELL
VARCO
` 1/2
1 OF 2
52142
B
SHAFT MOVES AXIALLY.
500
INDUSTRIAL
BLVD.
NEXT ASSY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
REVISION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478
10. FORWARD RECORDED DATA FROM NOTES 2 AND 9 TO ENGINEERING.
N/A
01
10503856-ASM
TC Number: 10503856-ASM
Printed REV: 01
Latest REV: 01
Printed By:ramirezrl
STAINLESS STEEL
GRADE 8
SIZE
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
SIZE
#10-32
3.06 [4.15]
#10-32
4.25 [5.76]
#10-32
2.80 [3.80]
1/4-20
6.00 [8.13]
1/4-20
9.00 [12.20]
1/4-20
5.87 [7.96]
3/8-16
22.50 [30.51]
3/8-16
33.75 [45.76]
3/8-16
21.50 [29.15]
7/16-14
37.50 [50.84]
7/16-14
52.50 [71.18]
7/16-14
25.30 [34.33]
1/2-13
56.25 [76.25]
1/2-13
82.50 [111.85]
1/2-13
52.38 [71.02]
5/8-11
112.50 [152.53]
5/8-11
165.00 [223.71]
5/8-11
104.28 [141.35]
3/4-10
195.00 [264.38]
3/4-10
285.00 [386.41]
3/4-10
184.94 [250.74]
1-8
480.00 [650.79]
1-8
675.00 [915.18]
1-8
455.24 [617.22]
M4
1.92 [2.60]
M4
2.71 [3.67]
M4
1.78 [2.41]
M6
6.56 [8.89]
M6
9.26 [12.56]
M6
6.08 [8.24]
M8
15.78 [21.40]
M8
22.29 [30.22]
M8
14.68 [19.83]
M 10
31.11 [42.18]
M 10
43.92 [59.55]
M 10
28.82 [39.08]
DWN
DECIMAL
J. KROBOT
CHK
6/16/2010
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
FINISH 125
J. BLACK
6/16/2010
APPVL
FRACTIONAL
H. TORRES
6/16/2010
APPVL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: 10503856-ASM
6/8/2010
APPVL
C. WADE
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
N/A
Printed REV: 01
1/8
PROJECTION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10503856-ASM
1
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF
REVISION:
01
Latest REV: 01
1 of 1
11/11/2013
Bill of Material-Engineering
NOV Sugar Land
Instl, End Frame DE 320Fr
Part Number:
10503856-001
Legacy Number: 10503856-001
Revision:
01
Item No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Oracle No.
10008336-001
10504089-001
10004813-001
10009471-001
10009478-001
10032517-016
10009669-001
10090179-001
10090179-001
10090179-001
10001220-001
10032557-034
10032444-208
10032557-016
10032454-037
10032442-015
10032314-004
10032387-017
10032387-035
10018318-001
10005087-001
Legacy No.
G58175
10504089-001
G45660
G21806
G21814
1030-14-0004
1885-05-0013
1555-10-0019
1555-10-0019
1555-10-0019
G56491-3
7612022
3929-05-0014
1690-10-0008
3219-05-0040
2013-10-0004
1315-25-0002
1320-05-0110
1320-05-0040
1885-11-0015
1885-11-0028
Description
END FRAME, MACH DE CM632
Cap, Bearing Outer
CAP, BEARING INNER DE/NDE
GASKET, CAP INNER DE/NDE 626FR
GASKET, CAP OUTER DE/NDE 626FR
BEARING, ROLLER CYLINDERICAL
GREASE, SHELL-CYPRINA
SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF
SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF
SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF
OIL DEFLECTOR DM626
WASHER, HI-COLLAR SPG LOCK 3/4
SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/4-10IN
Superseded by 10490016-020
SCREW,CAP;3/8" DIA;5" LG;SOCKET
FHMS, #10-24 X 1/2 316SS
FITTING, GREASE 1/4 NPT
PLUG,PIPE;SZ 1/4;HEX HD;BLK
PLUG,PIPE;SKT HD;STL
LOCTITE, #242 BLUE
SEALANT, SILICONE GASKET
Reference
UOM Quantity Designator
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Pound
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
6
Each
6
Each
8
Each
8
Each
8
Each
1
Each
1
Each
3
Each
1
Each
1
Printed By:ramirezrl
16
5
15
18
13
10
18
14
POSITION ITEM-2
WITH SLOT AT
12 O'CLOCK
POSITION
NOTES:
10504249-ASM
TC Number: 10504249-ASM
Printed REV: 01
Latest REV: 01
Printed By:ramirezrl
STAINLESS STEEL
GRADE 8
SIZE
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
SIZE
#10-32
3.06 [4.15]
#10-32
4.25 [5.76]
#10-32
2.80 [3.80]
1/4-20
6.00 [8.13]
1/4-20
9.00 [12.20]
1/4-20
5.87 [7.96]
3/8-16
22.50 [30.51]
3/8-16
33.75 [45.76]
3/8-16
21.50 [29.15]
7/16-14
37.50 [50.84]
7/16-14
52.50 [71.18]
7/16-14
25.30 [34.33]
1/2-13
56.25 [76.25]
1/2-13
82.50 [111.85]
1/2-13
52.38 [71.02]
5/8-11
112.50 [152.53]
5/8-11
165.00 [223.71]
5/8-11
104.28 [141.35]
3/4-10
195.00 [264.38]
3/4-10
285.00 [386.41]
3/4-10
184.94 [250.74]
1-8
480.00 [650.79]
1-8
675.00 [915.18]
1-8
455.24 [617.22]
M4
1.92 [2.60]
M4
2.71 [3.67]
M4
1.78 [2.41]
M6
6.56 [8.89]
M6
9.26 [12.56]
M6
6.08 [8.24]
M8
15.78 [21.40]
M8
22.29 [30.22]
M8
14.68 [19.83]
M 10
31.11 [42.18]
M 10
43.92 [59.55]
M 10
28.82 [39.08]
DWN
DECIMAL
J. KROBOT
CHK
6/16/2010
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
FINISH 125
J. BLACK
6/16/2010
APPVL
FRACTIONAL
H. TORRES
6/16/2010
APPVL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: 10504249-ASM
6/9/2010
APPVL
C. WADE
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
N/A
Printed REV: 01
1/8
PROJECTION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10504249-ASM
1
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF
REVISION:
01
Latest REV: 01
1 of 1
11/11/2013
Bill of Material-Engineering
NOV Sugar Land
Instl, End Frame NDE 320Fr
Part Number:
10504249-001
Legacy Number: 10504249-001
Revision:
01
Item No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Oracle No.
10008338-001
10504297-001
10004814-001
10009471-001
10009478-001
10032508-009
10009669-001
10090179-001
10090179-001
10090179-001
10001220-001
10032557-034
10032444-212
10032557-016
10032454-037
10032442-015
10032314-004
10032387-017
10018318-001
10005087-001
Legacy No.
G58177
10504297-001
G45660-2
G21806
G21814
1030-20-0076
1885-05-0013
1555-10-0019
1555-10-0019
1555-10-0019
G56491-3
7612022
3929-05-0022
1690-10-0008
3219-05-0040
2013-10-0004
1315-25-0002
1320-05-0110
1885-11-0015
1885-11-0028
Description
END FRAME, MACH NDE CM632
Cap, Bearing Outer
CAP, BRG INNER DE/NDE
GASKET, CAP INNER DE/NDE 626FR
GASKET, CAP OUTER DE/NDE 626FR
BEARING,BALL;150MM ID;320 MM OD;
GREASE, SHELL-CYPRINA
SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF
SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF
SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF
OIL DEFLECTOR DM626
WASHER, HI-COLLAR SPG LOCK 3/4
SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/4-10IN
Superseded by 10490016-020
SCREW,CAP;3/8" DIA;5" LG;SOCKET
FHMS, #10-24 X 1/2 316SS
FITTING, GREASE 1/4 NPT
PLUG,PIPE;SZ 1/4;HEX HD;BLK
LOCTITE, #242 BLUE
SEALANT, SILICONE GASKET
Reference
UOM Quantity Designator
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Pound
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
6
Each
6
Each
8
Each
8
Each
8
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Printed By:ramirezrl
TC Number: G97288:37
Printed REV: B
Latest REV: B
Printed By:ramirezrl
TC Number: G97288:37
Printed REV: B
Latest REV: B
Printed By:ramirezrl
Bill of Material-Engineering
NOV Sugar Land
INSTL, BEARING RTD DE
Part Number:
10010235-001
Legacy Number: G97288
Revision:
B
Item No.
1
2
3
4
6
TC Number: G97288:37
Oracle No.
10032548-051
10032444-036
10005338-001
10012333-001
10032326-018
Legacy No.
6550-25-0040
700010611
G60803
G21649
G62017
Description
BEARING SHIELDED LEADS
SCREW, HEX HD CAP 1/4-20 X 3/4
CLIP, INS VINYL CLAD I/4DIA
MARKER, LEAD HEAT SHRINK RTD8
TERMINAL,ELECTRICAL
Printed REV: B
Reference
UOM Quantity Designator
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
3
Latest REV: B
Printed By:ramirezrl
TC Number: G97289:37
Printed REV: B
Latest REV: B
Printed By:ramirezrl
TC Number: G97289:37
Printed REV: B
Latest REV: B
Printed By:ramirezrl
Bill of Material-Engineering
NOV Sugar Land
INSTL, BEARING RTD NDE
Part Number:
10010236-001
Legacy Number: G97289
Revision:
B
Item No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
TC Number: G97289:37
Oracle No.
10032548-051
10032444-036
10005338-001
10012326-001
10025207-001
10032326-018
Legacy No.
6550-25-0040
700010611
G60803
G21642
60P009040001
G62017
Description
BEARING SHIELDED LEADS
SCREW, HEX HD CAP 1/4-20 X 3/4
CLIP, INS VINYL CLAD I/4DIA
MARKER, LEAD HEAT SHRINK RTD7
CABLE, SHIELDED 3LD RTD
TERMINAL,ELECTRICAL
Printed REV: B
Reference
UOM Quantity Designator
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Foot
4
Each
3
Latest REV: B
Printed By:ramirezrl
39
42
(3)
5 3/4 (1/2)
2 7/16
13
3 TYP
41
2 7/16
40
2
12
12
(6)
(3)
(3)
(6)
(3)
(3)
14
ISOMETRIC
REF ONLY
SEE NOTE 3b
ISOMETRIC
44
REF ONLY
SUB ASSEMBLY 2
SUB ASSEMBLY 1
NOTES:
.XXX ` .005
TC Number: 10738912-ASM
DWN
DECIMAL
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
04
03
3/13/2014 HAB
02
REV
DATE
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
SR
APPVL
4/23/2013
J. VARGAS
CHK
5/6/2013
H. TORRES
5/7/2013
APPVL
K. HARWOOD
5/7/2013
APPVL
B. MOATS
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
293 LBS
Printed REV: 04
3/16
PROJECTION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10738912-ASM
1
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 6
REVISION:
04
Latest REV: 04
Printed By:ramirezrl
(12) (12)
36
12
11
10
24
23
22
(4)
(4)
(4)
(2)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(2.30)
(1.17)
37
22
15
(12) (12)
33
32
30
(2)
(2)
(2)
31
SECTION A-A
FRONT VIEW
SECTION B-B
DRIVE END
NOTES:
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
DWN
DECIMAL
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
04
03
3/13/2014 HAB
02
REV
DATE
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: 10738912-ASM
SR
APPVL
4/23/2013
J. VARGAS
CHK
5/6/2013
H. TORRES
5/7/2013
APPVL
K. HARWOOD
5/7/2013
APPVL
B. MOATS
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
293 LBS
Printed REV: 04
3/16
PROJECTION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10738912-ASM
1
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 6
REVISION:
04
Latest REV: 04
Printed By:ramirezrl
RTD1-R
RTD1-W
18
RTD, STATOR
PHASE A
(2)
RTD1-W
RTD2-R
RTD2-W
RTD, STATOR
PHASE B
17
19
20
43
(2)
(35) (2)
SEE
DETAIL E
RTD2-W
RTD3-R
B
RTD3-W
37
RTD, STATOR
PHASE C
11
REF
36
38
REF REF
(2)
(2)
RTD3-W
RTD4-R
RTD4-W
RTD4-W
SEE NOTE 8
RTD, STATOR
PHASE A
RTD5-R
RTD5-W
RTD5-W
RTD, STATOR
PHASE B
RTD6-R
RTD6-W
RTD, STATOR
PHASE C
RTD6-W
RTD7-R
RTD7-W
BEARING
RTD NDE
RTD7-W
RTD8-R
A
RTD8-W
RTD8-W
SCHEMATIC
RTD TERMINAL
DETAIL D
15
22
(2)
21
16
BEARING
RTD DE
SEE NOTE 10
A
TC Number: 10738912-ASM
DETAIL E
SCALE: 6/1
TYP (24) PLCS
NOTES:
8. LEAVE A 2 FOOT SERVICE LOOP FOR RTD LEAD CABLE.
9. APPLY PUTTY TO ALL BOLTED JOINTS AND HALF LAP BUS BARS
WITH TAPE; THEN APPLY DRY VARNISH. THIS IS TO BE DONE
ONCE ALL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE MOTORS
INTERNAL BUS BARS.
10. CRIMP FERRULE (ITEM 50) PER MP1272.
FORM No. 137-D
DRIVE END
SECTION C-C
DWN
DECIMAL
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
04
03
3/13/2014 HAB
02
REV
DATE
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
SR
APPVL
4/23/2013
J. VARGAS
CHK
5/6/2013
H. TORRES
5/7/2013
APPVL
K. HARWOOD
5/7/2013
APPVL
B. MOATS
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
293 LBS
Printed REV: 04
3/16
PROJECTION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10738912-ASM
1
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 6
REVISION:
04
Latest REV: 04
Printed By:ramirezrl
29
34
(3)
(36) (36)
35
(3)
28
27
(2)
(2)
29
TOP VIEW
45
(2)
(22) (22)
25
26
45
REF
A
NOTES:
DWN
DECIMAL
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
04
03
3/13/2014 HAB
02
REV
DATE
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: 10738912-ASM
SR
APPVL
4/23/2013
J. VARGAS
CHK
5/6/2013
H. TORRES
5/7/2013
APPVL
K. HARWOOD
5/7/2013
APPVL
B. MOATS
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
293 LBS
Printed REV: 04
3/16
PROJECTION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10738912-ASM
1
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 6
REVISION:
04
Latest REV: 04
Printed By:ramirezrl
ISOMETRIC VIEWS
W/ COVERS REMOVED FOR CLARITY
DWN
DECIMAL
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
04
03
3/13/2014 HAB
02
REV
DATE
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: 10738912-ASM
SR
APPVL
4/23/2013
J. VARGAS
CHK
5/6/2013
H. TORRES
5/7/2013
APPVL
K. HARWOOD
5/7/2013
APPVL
B. MOATS
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
293 LBS
Printed REV: 04
3/16
PROJECTION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10738912-ASM
1
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 6
REVISION:
04
Latest REV: 04
Printed By:ramirezrl
GRADE 8
STAINLESS STEEL
SIZE
SIZE
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
SIZE
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
#10-32
3.06 [4.15]
#10-32
4.25 [5.76]
#10-32
2.80 [3.80]
1/4-20
6.00 [8.13]
1/4-20
9.00 [12.20]
1/4-20
5.87 [7.96]
3/8-16
22.50 [30.51]
3/8-16
33.75 [45.76]
3/8-16
21.50 [29.15]
7/16-14
37.50 [50.84]
7/16-14
52.50 [71.18]
7/16-14
25.30 [34.33]
1/2-13
56.25 [76.25]
1/2-13
82.50 [111.85]
1/2-13
52.38 [71.02]
5/8-11
112.50 [152.53]
5/8-11
165.00 [223.71]
5/8-11
104.28 [141.35]
3/4-10
195.00 [264.38]
3/4-10
285.00 [386.41]
3/4-10
184.94 [250.74]
1-8
480.00 [650.79]
1-8
675.00 [915.18]
1-8
455.24 [617.22]
M4
1.92 [2.60]
M4
2.71 [3.67]
M4
1.78 [2.41]
M6
6.56 [8.89]
M6
9.26 [12.56]
M6
6.08 [8.24]
M8
15.78 [21.40]
M8
22.29 [30.22]
M8
14.68 [19.83]
M 10
31.11 [42.18]
M 10
43.92 [59.55]
M 10
28.82 [39.08]
DWN
DECIMAL
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
04
03
3/13/2014 HAB
02
REV
DATE
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: 10738912-ASM
SR
APPVL
4/23/2013
J. VARGAS
CHK
5/6/2013
H. TORRES
5/7/2013
APPVL
K. HARWOOD
5/7/2013
APPVL
B. MOATS
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
293 LBS
Printed REV: 04
3/16
PROJECTION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10738912-ASM
1
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 6
REVISION:
04
Latest REV: 04
Printed By:ramirezrl
Bill of Material-Engineering
NOV Sugar Land
INSTL, CONN BOX RIGHT/LEFT
Part Number:
10738912-001
Legacy Number: 10738912-001
Revision:
04
Item No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Oracle No.
10738907-001
10020358-001
10018324-001
10032353-010
10032444-091
10004417-001
10004418-001
10004419-001
10032444-116
10020360-001
10744859-001
10744860-001
10004420-001
10004421-001
10490361-079
10506200-001
10622232-001
10032438-040
10042030-001
10032308-007
10506026-001
10032353-015
10032444-051
10025799-001
TC Number: 10738912-ASM
Legacy No.
10738907-001
G12612
1885-11-0048
1690-30-0001
3919-05-0006
G56201
G56202
G56203
3919-06-0012
G12614
10744859-001
10744860-001
G56204
G56205
50004-08-C5
10506200-001
10622232-001
2411-06-0003
0000-6934-67
6176-20-0085
10506026-001
1690-30-0009
3915-06-0005
6690-60-0030
Description
CONN BOX, ASSY. RIGHT/LEFT
SUPPORT, BUS BAR
SEALANT, VIBRATITE #3 1OZ
WASHER, COMPRSSN 3/8 X .089 ZP
SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN
BUS BAR, PHASE 1
BUS BAR, PHASE 2
BUS BAR, PHASE 3
SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN
SUPPORT, BUS BAR
All-Thread, 3/8SS
Locknut, 3/8-16UNC SS
BUS BAR, LINK T1 & T3
BUS BAR, LINK T2
SCREW,CAP-HEX HD 1/4-20 X 1 GR5
Bracket, Terminal Block
Channel, Din Rail
SCREW,MACHINE;SZ #8-32 X 3/8;BTT
COVER, TERMINAL PHOENIX CONTAC
BLOCK, TERM PHONIX
Tag, Terminal RTD Only
WASHER, COMPRSSN 1/4 X 9/16 ZP
SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 1/4-20IN
CLAMP, CABLE 3/8'' NYL .265HOLE
Printed REV: 04
UOM
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Set
Foot
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Reference
Quantity Designator
1
1
1
88
14
1
1
1
6
2
4
10
2
1
14
1
1
2
1
35
1
18
4
4
Latest REV: 04
Printed By:ramirezrl
Bill of Material-Engineering
NOV Sugar Land
INSTL, CONN BOX RIGHT/LEFT
Part Number:
10738912-001
Legacy Number: 10738912-001
Revision:
04
Item No.
Oracle No.
Legacy No.
Description
25
10009434-001
G12615
GASKET, FRAME COVER CONN BOX
26
10902458-001
10902458-001 COVER, CONNECTION BOX FRONT SS
27
10009494-001
G21833
GASKET, BOTTOM COVER
28
10006338-001
G140121
COVER, CONNECTION BOX BOTTOM
29
10032444-114
3919-06-0008
SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN
30
10032326-009
6175-89-0054
TERMINAL, RING #2
31
10032300-018
6690-40-0036
CABLE;2AWG;600V;1;COPPER;GREEN
32
10032538-008
1690-01-0038
WASHER, PLAIN 3/8 SS 3/4OD
33
10032444-113
3919-06-0006
SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN
34
10013430-001
6525-58-0084
NAMEPLATE, HIGH VOLTAGE (VYL)
35
10011295-001
6525-58-0091
LABEL, HAZARDOUS VOLT WARNING
36
10032329-036
1322-30-0005
TUBING;SZ 0.390ID X 0.452
37
10515972-001
10515972-001 Gasket, Top Cover
38
10520285-001
10520285-001 Gasket, Connection Box Spacer
39
10004586-001
G56890
BUS BAR, T1
10008379-001/01.02@RSOne-RESIN,
40
EPOXY 1885-02-0010
VERSAMID 140 x 1RESIN, EPOXY VERSAMID 140
41
10008380-001
1885-02-0011
RESIN, EPOXY EPON 826
42
10019142-001
6690-12-0066
SLEEVE,ELECTRICAL;HEATSHRINK TUB
43
10025374-001
6176-32-0008
CLAMP, CHANNEL TERM BLOCK
44
10019137-001
6690-12-0054
SLEEVE,ELECTRICAL;HEATSHRINK TUB
45
10032388-001
1320-05-0111
PLUG, PIPE 3/4 SKT HD SS
50
10942172-001
10942172-001 Ferrule, Non-Insulated
TC Number: 10738912-ASM
Printed REV: 04
UOM
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Foot
Each
Each
Each
Each
Foot
Each
Each
Each
Gallon
Gallon
Foot
Each
Foot
Each
Each
Reference
Quantity Designator
1
1
2
2
58
2
1
2
14
3
3
4 PIECES @ 10" LG
3
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
1
2
24
Latest REV: 04
Printed By:ramirezrl
SEE SHEET 3
FOR LEAD
CONNECTIONS
MOUNTING HARWARE
SUPPLIED WITH T-BOX
3
2
REF
10
11
12
(10) (10)
B
(2 3/4)
SEE NOTE 7
SEE DETAIL A
SEE NOTE 11
ISOMETRIC
5
REF ONLY
NOTES:
1. SLEEVE HEATER CABLE WITH 0.387 I.D. SLEEVING
6
(ITEM 9) FROM HEATER CABLE GLAND TO PLATE (ITEM 2).
2. ROUTE HEATER LEADS AS SHOWN INTO
HEATER AUXILIARY BOX.
3. FULLY TIGHTEN ALL SCREWS TERMINALS AND
TERMINALTION POINTS INCLUDED WITH HEATER.
8 7
4. TORQUE ALL STEEL FASTENERS PER TABLE ON
SHEET 4.
DETAIL A
5. PRE-ASSEMBLE (ITEMS 5,6 & 7) AS SHOWN ON DETAIL A.
A
SCALE 7/16
6. FILL WITH PACKING FIBER (COMES WITH ITEM 8) AFTER
RUNNING HEATER WIRES THROUGH.
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
7. TIGHTEN ELBOW PIPE (ITEM 7) INTO NIPPLE ON PLATE DECIMAL
.XXX ` .005
(ITEM 6) UNTIL DISTANCE FROM COVER (ITEM 2)
C
11/26/2013
.XX ` .020
TO CENTER OF HUB (ITEM 5) AND ELBOW (ITEM 7)
.X
` .060
IS 2-3/4 INCHES.
B
1/20/2011
FINISH 125
8. APPLY THREAD SEALANT (ITEM 12) TO BOLTS
FRACTIONAL
PRIOR TO MOUNTING COVER PLATE TO FRAME.
A
10/17/2010
` 1/16"
9. SEE OUTLINE FOR HEATER LOCATION.
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
REV
DATE
TC Number: G97546:37
REF
REF
13
SEE NOTE 8
PRE ASSEMBLE
SEE NOTE 5
SEE SHEET 3
FOR LEAD CONNECTIONS
A
(PART NUMBER: 10010679-001)
12/5/2007
Seitz Mike
12/13/2007
CHK
HAT
RIH
JCD
BCM
JK
HT
BY
APPVL
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
B.KROBOT
12/13/2007
APPVL
H.PHAM
12/13/2007
APPVL
B.ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
17.66 LBS
Printed REV: C
INSTALLATION,
HEATER (1) 100W
SCALE:
1/4
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G97546
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
1 OF 4
REVISION:
Latest REV: C
Printed By:ramirezrl
CENTER HEATER
ON PLATE AS SHOWN
(9.13)
(2.26)
13
1
(3.63)
(17.50)
6
SEE NOTE 5
ISOMETRIC
SEE NOTE 1
HEATER MOUNTING
REF ONLY
2
A
A
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
DWN
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
DECIMAL
Seitz Mike
12/13/2007
CHK
.XXX ` .005
.XX
` .020
.X
` .060
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
11/26/2013 HAT
RIH
1/20/2011 JCD
BCM
10/17/2010
JK
HT
REV
DATE
BY
APPVL
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: G97546:37
12/5/2007
B.KROBOT
12/13/2007
APPVL
H.PHAM
12/13/2007
APPVL
B.ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
17.66 LBS
Printed REV: C
INSTALLATION,
HEATER (1) 100W
SCALE:
1/4
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G97546
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
2 OF 4
REVISION:
Latest REV: C
Printed By:ramirezrl
HEATER BOX
NOTES:
10. BROWN AND BLUE LEADS TO BE CONNECTED ON
OPPOSITE SIDE FROM TERMINAL BLOCK LABELS.
DETAIL B
BROWN INLINE LABEL 1, BLUE INLINE LABEL 2.
LEAD CONNECTIONS
GREEN, TOP OR BOTTOM GROUND CONNECTION.
A
11. SEAL THE ELBOW (ITEM 7) USING SEALING COMPOUND (ITEM 8) PER MP-1261.
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
DWN
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
DECIMAL
Seitz Mike
12/13/2007
CHK
.XXX ` .005
.XX
` .020
.X
` .060
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
11/26/2013 HAT
RIH
1/20/2011 JCD
BCM
10/17/2010
JK
HT
REV
DATE
BY
APPVL
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: G97546:37
12/5/2007
B.KROBOT
12/13/2007
APPVL
H.PHAM
12/13/2007
APPVL
B.ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
17.66 LBS
Printed REV: C
INSTALLATION,
HEATER (1) 100W
SCALE:
A
(PART NUMBER: 10010679-001)
1/4
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G97546
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
3 OF 4
REVISION:
Latest REV: C
Printed By:ramirezrl
STAINLESS STEEL
GRADE 8
SIZE
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
SIZE
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
#10-32
3.06 [4.15]
#10-32
4.25 [5.76]
#10-32
2.80 [3.80]
1/4-20
6.00 [8.13]
1/4-20
9.00 [12.20]
1/4-20
5.87 [7.96]
3/8-16
22.50 [30.51]
3/8-16
33.75 [45.76]
3/8-16
21.50 [29.15]
7/16-14
37.50 [50.84]
7/16-14
52.50 [71.18]
7/16-14
25.30 [34.33]
1/2-13
56.25 [76.25]
1/2-13
82.50 [111.85]
1/2-13
52.38 [71.02]
5/8-11
112.50 [152.53]
5/8-11
165.00 [223.71]
5/8-11
104.28 [141.35]
3/4-10
195.00 [264.38]
3/4-10
285.00 [386.41]
3/4-10
184.94 [250.74]
M4
1.92 [2.60]
M4
2.71 [3.67]
M4
1.78 [2.41]
M6
6.56 [8.89]
M6
9.26 [12.56]
M6
6.08 [8.24]
M8
15.78 [21.40]
M8
22.29 [30.22]
M8
14.68 [19.83]
M 10
31.11 [42.18]
M 10
43.92 [59.55]
M 10
28.82 [39.08]
A
(PART NUMBER: 10010679-001)
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
DECIMAL
Seitz Mike
12/13/2007
CHK
.XXX ` .005
.XX
` .020
.X
` .060
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
11/26/2013 HAT
RIH
1/20/2011 JCD
BCM
10/17/2010
JK
HT
REV
DATE
BY
APPVL
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: G97546:37
12/5/2007
B.KROBOT
12/13/2007
APPVL
H.PHAM
12/13/2007
APPVL
B.ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
17.66 LBS
Printed REV: C
INSTALLATION,
HEATER (1) 100W
SCALE:
1/4
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G97546
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
4 OF 4
REVISION:
Latest REV: C
Printed By:ramirezrl
Bill of Material-Engineering
NOV Sugar Land
INSTL, HEATER CAGE MOTOR
Part Number:
10010679-001
Legacy Number: G97546
Revision:
C
Item No.
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
TC Number: G97546:37
Oracle No.
10032318-003
10006322-001
10003350-001
10009946-001
10032382-012
10032377-021
10005636-001
10019180-001
10490016-020
10032444-091
10018324-001
10515973-001
Legacy No.
6550-10-0069
G140073
G55738-3
1225-07-0016
1313-39-0069
1322-05-0051
1885-02-0015
G91960387
50906-C
3919-05-0006
1885-11-0048
10515973-001
Description
HEATER, SELF LIMITING
COVER, HEATER MOUNTING
BOX, TERMINAL MOD HEATERS
HUB, ENTRY 3/4 INCREASE SAFETY
NIPPLE,PIPE;SZ 3/4 X CLOSE SCH40
ELBW,PIPE;3/4IN;NPT;SEAL
COMPOUND, SEALING POUCH
SLEEVE,ELECTRICAL
LOCKWASHER, SPLIT, 3/8" DIA
SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN
SEALANT, VIBRATITE #3 1OZ
Gasket, Top Cover
Printed REV: C
UOM
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Foot
Each
Each
Each
Each
Reference
Quantity Designator
1
1
1
1
2
1
.2
1
10
10
.05
1
Latest REV: C
Printed By:ramirezrl
TC Number: G25313:37
Printed REV: C
Latest REV: C
Printed By:ramirezrl
TC Number: G25313:37
Printed REV: C
Latest REV: C
Printed By:ramirezrl
TC Number: 10626766-DAD
Printed REV: 03
Latest REV: 03
Printed By:ramirezrl
TC Number: 10626766-DAD
Printed REV: 03
Latest REV: 03
Printed By:ramirezrl
SHT 2
2 3
REF REF
SHT 2
(8) (2)
SEE NOTE 5
5 3/8 TYP
7/8 TYP
4
(4)
2
REF REF
(5) (6)
2
REF
1/4
1/4
N.D.E.
D.E.
4
(4)
N.D.E.
4
(4)
NOTES:
A
D.E.
G97379-3
TC Number: G97379-3:37
Printed REV: D
Latest REV: D
Printed By:ramirezrl
5 3/8
TYP
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION,
STAMP MODEL, SERIAL NUMBER,
AND YEAR ONTO NAMEPLATE
PER SALES OR WORK ORDER
7/8 TYP
6
(2)
SEE NOTE 6
1/4
B
4
(4)
B
1/4
SEE NOTE 5
4
(4)
1/4
REFER TO
TOP LEVEL
BILL OF MATERIAL
IF REQUIRED
A
REF REF
TC Number: G97379-3:37
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
9/24/2013 HAT
BCM
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
SCALE: 3/8
DETAIL B
A
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
NOTES:
4
(2)
APPVL
DWN
7/13/2008
Seitz Mike
CHK
9/26/2008
B. KROBOT
9/26/2008
APPVL
J. MCGUANE
9/26/2008
APPVL
B. MOATS
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
N/A = LBS
Printed REV: D
INSTALLATION,
NAMEPLATE & TAGS
SCALE:
1/8
DRAWING NUMBER:
G97379-3
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 3
REVISION:
D
Latest REV: D
Printed By:ramirezrl
1/2
1/2
4
(4)
4
(4)
ISOMETRIC
DRIVE END
REF ONLY
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
9/24/2013 HAT
BCM
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: G97379-3:37
APPVL
DWN
7/13/2008
Seitz Mike
CHK
9/26/2008
B. KROBOT
9/26/2008
APPVL
J. MCGUANE
9/26/2008
APPVL
B. MOATS
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
N/A = LBS
Printed REV: D
INSTALLATION,
NAMEPLATE & TAGS
SCALE:
1/8
DRAWING NUMBER:
G97379-3
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 3
REVISION:
D
Latest REV: D
Printed By:ramirezrl
Bill of Material-Engineering
NOV Sugar Land
INSTL, NAMEPLATE & TAGS
Part Number:
10010728-001
Legacy Number: G97379-3
Revision:
D
Item No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TC Number: G97379-3:37
Oracle No.
10013471-001
10859965-001
10859963-001
10032453-001
10666074-001
10490351-043
10013306-001
Legacy No.
G20190
10859965-001
10859963-001
1060-10-0002
10666074-001
53301-4-8-SS
54322
Description
NAMEPLATE, NOV LOGO
Tag, Danger/Hazardous Voltage
Tag, Danger/Hazardous Voltage
SCREW, DR 4 X 1/4 TY U SS
UHF NAMEPLATE, RIGMS-RFID
SCREW,DRIVE-TYPE U
NAMEPLATE, GROUND
Printed REV: D
UOM
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Reference
Quantity Designator
2
6
5
32
1
2
4
Latest REV: D
Printed By:ramirezrl
0518
TC Number: 10730451-DAD
Printed REV: 02
Latest REV: 02
Printed By:ramirezrl
0518
TC Number: 10730451-DAD
Printed REV: 02
Latest REV: 02
Printed By:ramirezrl
(36.50)
(11.18)
1/4
2.88
TYP
(18.25)
1
(7.44)
(3.63)
SEE NOTE 5
A
CONNECTION END
DRIVE END
SECTION A-A
NOTE:
SEE SHT 2 FOR "T1" / "T3" BUS BAR MOUNTING
SEE SHT 3 FOR "T2" BUS BAR MOUNTING
NOTE:
CONNECTION BOX POSITION
RIGHT HAND POSITION SHOWN
MIRROR IMAGE ABOUT VERTICAL CENTERLINE
FOR LEFT HAND POSITION
CONNECTION END
NOTES:
DWN
DECIMAL
.XX
.X
3/3/2008
Seitz Mike
CHK
4/18/2008
.XXX ` .005
` .020
` .060
FINISH 125
L. SPANGLE
4/18/2008
APPVL
FRACTIONAL
B. MOATS
4/17/2008
APPVL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
06
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
APPVL
B. ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
4771 LBS
Printed REV: 06
3/16
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G93277
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 5
REVISION:
06
Latest REV: 06
Printed By:ramirezrl
SHT 4
SHT 4
T2
7 16 18
(2)
18 16 15 13 12 11 8
B
T3
16 15 12 11 10 8
CONNECTION END
DRIVE END
SECTION B-B
NOTES: (Cont.)
6. MOUNT BUS LINKS (ITEM 13 AND ITEM 14) TO BUS ASSEMBLY USING
HARDWARE (ITEMS 8,11, AND 12), HAND TIGHTEN ONLY. MOUNT BUS
BARS (ITEM 7) TO BUS LINKS USING HARDWARE (ITEMS 8,11, AND 12)
AND HAND TIGHTEN ONLY. USE COPPER SHIM STOCK IF REQUIRED.
POSITION AND INSTALL INSULATORS (ITEM 4 AND ITEM 6) USING
HARDWARE (ITEMS 3, 5, 8, AND 9) SEE SHEET #4.
7. CONNECT ALL LEAD LUGS (ITEM 10) TO BUS BARS USING HARDWARE
(ITEMS 8, 11, AND 12).
8. TIGHTEN ALL BUS BAR HARDWARE AND APPLY PUTTY (ITEM 15) TO
BOLTED JOINTS. HALF LAP BUS BARS WITH TAPE (ITEM 16) THEN APPLY
AIR VARNISH (ITEM 18). TORQUE BOLTS PER CHART ON SHEET 5.
A
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
TC Number: G93277:37
DWN
DECIMAL
.XX
.X
3/3/2008
Seitz Mike
CHK
4/18/2008
.XXX ` .005
` .020
` .060
FINISH 125
L. SPANGLE
4/18/2008
APPVL
FRACTIONAL
B. MOATS
4/17/2008
APPVL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
06
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
APPVL
B. ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
4771 LBS
Printed REV: 06
3/16
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G93277
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 5
REVISION:
06
Latest REV: 06
Printed By:ramirezrl
16 15 12 11 10 8
(6) (6) (6) (12)
7 16 18
18 16 15 14 12 11 8
(1) (2) (2) (4)
T3
T2
T1
CONNECTION END
DRIVE END
SECTION C-C
C
CONNECT LEADS MARKED "2" & "4" TO "T2"
DWN
DECIMAL
Seitz Mike
CHK
4/18/2008
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
FINISH 125
L. SPANGLE
4/18/2008
APPVL
FRACTIONAL
B. MOATS
4/17/2008
APPVL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
06
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: G93277:37
3/3/2008
APPVL
B. ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
4771 LBS
Printed REV: 06
3/16
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G93277
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 5
REVISION:
06
Latest REV: 06
Printed By:ramirezrl
(2) (2)
DETAIL E
VIEW D-D
CONNECTION END
DRIVE END
DWN
DECIMAL
Seitz Mike
CHK
4/18/2008
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
FINISH 125
L. SPANGLE
4/18/2008
APPVL
FRACTIONAL
B. MOATS
4/17/2008
APPVL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
06
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: G93277:37
3/3/2008
APPVL
B. ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
4771 LBS
Printed REV: 06
3/16
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G93277
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 5
REVISION:
06
Latest REV: 06
Printed By:ramirezrl
STAINLESS STEEL
GRADE 8
SIZE
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
SIZE
#10-32
3.06 [4.15]
#10-32
4.25 [5.76]
#10-32
2.80 [3.80]
1/4-20
6.00 [8.13]
1/4-20
9.00 [12.20]
1/4-20
5.87 [7.96]
3/8-16
22.50 [30.51]
3/8-16
33.75 [45.76]
3/8-16
21.50 [29.15]
7/16-14
37.50 [50.84]
7/16-14
52.50 [71.18]
7/16-14
25.30 [34.33]
1/2-13
56.25 [76.25]
1/2-13
82.50 [111.85]
1/2-13
52.38 [71.02]
5/8-11
112.50 [152.53]
5/8-11
165.00 [223.71]
5/8-11
104.28 [141.35]
3/4-10
195.00 [264.38]
3/4-10
285.00 [386.41]
3/4-10
184.94 [250.74]
M4
1.92 [2.60]
M4
2.71 [3.67]
M4
1.78 [2.41]
M6
6.56 [8.89]
M6
9.26 [12.56]
M6
6.08 [8.24]
M8
15.78 [21.40]
M8
22.29 [30.22]
M8
14.68 [19.83]
M 10
31.11 [42.18]
M 10
43.92 [59.55]
M 10
28.82 [39.08]
DWN
DECIMAL
Seitz Mike
CHK
4/18/2008
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
FINISH 125
L. SPANGLE
4/18/2008
APPVL
FRACTIONAL
B. MOATS
4/17/2008
APPVL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
06
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: G93277:37
3/3/2008
APPVL
B. ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
4771 LBS
Printed REV: 06
3/16
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G93277
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 5
REVISION:
06
Latest REV: 06
Printed By:ramirezrl
Bill of Material-Engineering
NOV Sugar Land
ASSY, FRAME STTR&COIL
Part Number:
10022979-001
Legacy Number: G93277
Revision:
06
Item No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
TC Number: G93277:37
Oracle No.
10019932-001
10019810-001
10032267-003
10010952-001
10003220-001
10010953-001
10004416-001
10032353-010
10032444-113
10025319-001
10032444-116
10567492-001
10009748-001
10004592-001
10008383-001
10020897-001
10018324-001
10032356-004
Legacy No.
G83335
G82501
1640-02-0018
1825-01-0014
1640-02-0025
1825-01-0015
G56200
1690-30-0001
3919-06-0006
6175-87-0063
3919-06-0012
1420-13-0004
G56898
G56899
1885-11-0017
1885-10-0046
1885-11-0048
1885-06-0008
Description
FRAME, MACHINING 632FR
STA&COIL, 632FR
STUD, ALL THD 3/8-16 X 3/4'' LG
INSULATOR,ELECTRICAL
BOLT,STUD;SZ 3/8-16 X 1-1/4
INSULATOR,ELECTRICAL
BUS BAR, T1,T2 & T3
WASHER, COMPRSSN 3/8 X .089 ZP
SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN
TERM, RING #1/0 3/8H
SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN
LOCKNUT, HEX 3/8-16UNC-2B STL
BAR;BUS SUPPORT T1/T3
BAR, BUS SUPPORT T2
SEALANT, DUCT COMPOUND #1 BAG
TAPE, SILICONE RUB .020TK RED
SEALANT, VIBRATITE #3 1OZ
PAINT, SPRAY CLR VARNISH #600
Printed REV: 06
Reference
UOM Quantity Designator
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
2
Each
2
Each
3
Each
49
Each
1
Each
18
Each
24
Each
24
Each
2
Each
1
Pound
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Latest REV: 06
Printed By:ramirezrl
15
(10) (10)
12
(14) (14)
DE
14
NDE
(10) (10)
OPPISITE SIDE OF
AUXILIARY RTD BOX
13
(12) (12)
OPPISITE SIDE OF
MAIN CONNECTION BOX
ISOMETRIC
REF ONLY
(2)
DE
NDE
(EBS: 10010116-001)
DWN
DECIMAL
.XXX ` .005
` .020
` .060
NOTES:
.XX
.X
FINISH 125
C
B
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
REV
9/20/2010
JK
HT
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
BI
APPVL
DOBROWOLSKI
CHK
5/9/2006
R. RAMIREZ
5/9/2006
APPVL
M. SEITZ
5/9/2006
APPVL
B. ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
TC Number: G97331:37
5/5/2006
Printed REV: C
3/32
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G97331
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF
REVISION:
C
Latest REV: C
Printed By:ramirezrl
STAINLESS STEEL
GRADE 8
SIZE
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
SIZE
#10-32
3.06 [4.15]
#10-32
4.25 [5.76]
#10-32
2.80 [3.80]
1/4-20
6.00 [8.13]
1/4-20
9.00 [12.20]
1/4-20
5.87 [7.96]
3/8-16
22.50 [30.51]
3/8-16
33.75 [45.76]
3/8-16
21.50 [29.15]
7/16-14
37.50 [50.84]
7/16-14
52.50 [71.18]
7/16-14
25.30 [34.33]
1/2-13
56.25 [76.25]
1/2-13
82.50 [111.85]
1/2-13
52.38 [71.02]
5/8-11
112.50 [152.53]
5/8-11
165.00 [223.71]
5/8-11
104.28 [141.35]
3/4-10
195.00 [264.38]
3/4-10
285.00 [386.41]
3/4-10
184.94 [250.74]
1-8
480.00 [650.79]
1-8
675.00 [915.18]
1-8
455.24 [617.22]
M4
1.92 [2.60]
M4
2.71 [3.67]
M4
1.78 [2.41]
M6
6.56 [8.89]
M6
9.26 [12.56]
M6
6.08 [8.24]
M8
15.78 [21.40]
M8
22.29 [30.22]
M8
14.68 [19.83]
M 10
31.11 [42.18]
M 10
43.92 [59.55]
M 10
28.82 [39.08]
(EBS: 10010116-001)
DWN
DECIMAL
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
9/20/2010
JK
HT
FINISH 125
B
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
REV
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
BI
APPVL
DOBROWOLSKI
CHK
5/9/2006
R. RAMIREZ
5/9/2006
APPVL
M. SEITZ
5/9/2006
APPVL
B. ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
TC Number: G97331:37
5/5/2006
Printed REV: C
3/32
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G97331
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF
REVISION:
C
Latest REV: C
Printed By:ramirezrl
BillofMaterialEngineering
NOVSugarLand
INSTL,COVERASSY
PartNumber:
10010116001
LegacyNumber: G97331
Revision:
C
ItemNo.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
12
13
14
15
TC Number: G97331:37
OracleNo.
10006561001
10006563001
10006565001
10032388002
10006616001
10032444091
10032560028
10018324001
10515971001
10515972001
10515973001
10515974001
LegacyNo.
G48357
G48358
G48359
1320051018
G48674
3919050006
7600024
1885110048
10515971001
10515972001
10515973001
10515974001
Description
COVER,TOPNDE
COVER,SIDE628FR
COVER,TOPDE
PLUG,PIPE;SZ1/2;SKTHD;SS
COVER,RTDBOXOPENING
SCRW,CAP;HDHEX;THRDSZ3/816IN
Supersededby10490015131
SEALANT,VIBRATITE#31OZ
Gasket,TopCover
Gasket,TopCover
Gasket,TopCover
Gasket,TopCover
Printed REV: C
Reference
UOM Quantity Designator
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
2
Each
1
Each
46
Each
46
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Each
1
Latest REV: C
Printed By:ramirezrl
(6 11/16)
(40 3/4)
(1 1/2)
(REF)
FRAME
(13 1/4)
(10) (10)
17 5/8
(47 1/2)
DRIVE END
(EBS: 10010372-001)
DWN
DECIMAL
Seitz Mike
CHK
1/8/2007
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
1/4/2007
` .020
` .060
NOTES:
FINISH 125
R.RAMIREZ
1/4/2007
APPVL
1.
2.
3.
4.
FRACTIONAL
A.CARDIEL
1/4/2007
APPVL
TC Number: G97125:37
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
REV
5/13/2010 JCD
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
N.B.
APPVL
B.ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
LBS
Printed REV: A
1/8
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G97125
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF
REVISION:
A
Latest REV: A
Printed By:ramirezrl
STAINLESS STEEL
GRADE 8
SIZE
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
SIZE
#10-32
3.06 [4.15]
#10-32
4.25 [5.76]
#10-32
2.80 [3.80]
1/4-20
6.00 [8.13]
1/4-20
9.00 [12.20]
1/4-20
5.87 [7.96]
3/8-16
22.50 [30.51]
3/8-16
33.75 [45.76]
3/8-16
21.50 [29.15]
7/16-14
37.50 [50.84]
7/16-14
52.50 [71.18]
7/16-14
25.30 [34.33]
1/2-13
56.25 [76.25]
1/2-13
82.50 [111.85]
1/2-13
52.38 [71.02]
5/8-11
112.50 [152.53]
5/8-11
165.00 [223.71]
5/8-11
104.28 [141.35]
3/4-10
195.00 [264.38]
3/4-10
285.00 [386.41]
3/4-10
184.94 [250.74]
1-8
480.00 [650.79]
1-8
675.00 [915.18]
1-8
455.24 [617.22]
M4
1.92 [2.60]
M4
2.71 [3.67]
M4
1.78 [2.41]
M6
6.56 [8.89]
M6
9.26 [12.56]
M6
6.08 [8.24]
M8
15.78 [21.40]
M8
22.29 [30.22]
M8
14.68 [19.83]
M 10
31.11 [42.18]
M 10
43.92 [59.55]
M 10
28.82 [39.08]
(EBS: 10010372-001)
DWN
DECIMAL
Seitz Mike
CHK
1/8/2007
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
FINISH 125
R.RAMIREZ
1/4/2007
APPVL
FRACTIONAL
A.CARDIEL
1/4/2007
APPVL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
REV
5/13/2010 JCD
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: G97125:37
1/4/2007
N.B.
APPVL
B.ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
LBS
Printed REV: A
1/8
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G97125
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF
REVISION:
A
Latest REV: A
Printed By:ramirezrl
BillofMaterialEngineering
NOVSugarLand
INSTL,AIREXHAUSTTOP
PartNumber:
10010372001
LegacyNumber: G97125
Revision:
A
ItemNo.
1
2
3
4
5
TC Number: G97125:37
OracleNo.
10007011001
10032444091
10032557016
10005087001
10018318001
LegacyNo.
G57391
3919050006
1690100008
1885110028
1885110015
Description
HOOD,AIRDUCTEXHAUSTTOP
SCRW,CAP;HDHEX;THRDSZ3/816IN
Supersededby10490016020
SEALANT,SILICONEGASKET
LOCTITE,#242BLUE
Printed REV: A
Reference
UOM Quantity Designator
Each
1
Each
10
Each
10
Each
1
Each
1
Latest REV: A
Printed By:ramirezrl
TC Number: 10626771-ASM
Printed REV: 02
Latest REV: 02
Printed By:ramirezrl
TC Number: 10626771-ASM
Printed REV: 02
Latest REV: 02
Printed By:ramirezrl
TC Number: 10626771-ASM
Printed REV: 02
Latest REV: 02
Printed By:ramirezrl
Bill of Material-Engineering
NOV Sugar Land
Instl, Pressure Switch
Part Number:
10626771-001
Legacy Number: 10626771-001
Revision:
02
Item No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
TC Number: 10626771-ASM
Oracle No.
10501947-001
10032557-014
10032454-017
10032368-004
10032377-020
10032352-002
10032509-007
10009842-001
10032304-012
10018324-001
10032377-025
Legacy No.
10501947-001
50904-C
3215-05-0004
1322-03-0088
1321-07-0004
1321-09-0037
G21614
G31438
6690-60-0035
1885-11-0048
G21615
Description
Switch, Pressure
WASHER, LOCK-REGULAR 1/4 CAD
SCREW,CAP;1/4" DIA;1/2" LG;SOCKE
BUSHING,PIPE;REDUCER;SZ 1/2M TO
ELBOW,PIPE;SZ 90 1/8NPTM-#4;90;N
FITTING;SZ 1/8NPTM-#4;SZ NPTM;SZ
FITTING, #4JIC #4 HOSE
HOSE;PUSH-LOK;BUNA-N;blue
CLAMP, VYL COAT 1/2''SZ 3/8STUD
SEALANT, VIBRATITE #3 1OZ
ELBOW,PIPE;SZ 90 SWVL #4JIC-#4;9
Printed REV: 02
Reference
UOM Quantity Designator
Each
1
Each
4
Each
4
Each
2
Each
2
Each
2
Each
2
Foot
8
Each
3
Each
1
Each
2
Latest REV: 02
Printed By:ramirezrl
(4.850)
GAGE LINE
Parts List
DOCUMENT NO.
MATERIAL / DESCRIPTION
G56528
SHEAVE, DRIVE HUB (TAPERED)
PER BOM (REF) SHAFT, MACHINING
REF
REF
n(5.650)
n(5.650)
GAGE LINE
GAGE LINE
SECTION A-A
VIEW A
HUB ARRANGEMENT
SECTION B-B
VIEW B
HUB ARRANGEMENT
(EBS: 10010350-001)
DWN
5/29/2006
DECIMAL
Seitz Mike
CHK
7/28/2006
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
R.RAMIREZ
7/31/2006
APPVL
FINISH 125
NOTES:
1. MOUNT HUB PER MANUFACTURING PROCEDURE MP-1247.
2. TAPER ON SHAFT AND HUB: 1.25 IN/FT.
8/3/2010
JB
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
REV
3/12/2007 MAS
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
FORM No. 137-D
TC Number: G97318:37
BLD
BI
APPVL
A.CARDIEL
7/31/2006
APPVL
B.ISOM
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
N/A = LBS
Printed REV: B
5/16
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
G97318
1
PROJECTION:
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF
REVISION:
B
Latest REV: B
Printed By:ramirezrl
(17 3/8)
SEE NOTE 6
(14) (14)
B
(19 1/2)
5
(14) (14)
8
(2)
DRIVE END
SEE NOTE 5
(2)
DRIVE END
ISOMETRIC
NOTES:
A
REF ONLY
TOLERANCE (U.N.)
DWN
DECIMAL
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
TC Number: 10746842-ASM
5/13/2013
H. TASSEW
CHK
5/13/2013
.XXX ` .005
03
02
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
APPVL
DOBROWOLSKI
5/13/2013
APPVL
K. HARWOOD
5/13/2013
APPVL
B. MOATS
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
Printed REV: 03
INSTALLATION, BLOWER
20HP
SCALE:
5/64
PROJECTION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10746842-ASM
1
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 2
REVISION:
03
Latest REV: 03
Printed By:ramirezrl
GRADE 8
STAINLESS STEEL
SIZE
SIZE
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
SIZE
TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]
#10-32
3.06 [4.15]
#10-32
4.25 [5.76]
#10-32
2.80 [3.80]
1/4-20
6.00 [8.13]
1/4-20
9.00 [12.20]
1/4-20
5.87 [7.96]
3/8-16
22.50 [30.51]
3/8-16
33.75 [45.76]
3/8-16
21.50 [29.15]
7/16-14
37.50 [50.84]
7/16-14
52.50 [71.18]
7/16-14
25.30 [34.33]
1/2-13
56.25 [76.25]
1/2-13
82.50 [111.85]
1/2-13
52.38 [71.02]
5/8-11
112.50 [152.53]
5/8-11
165.00 [223.71]
5/8-11
104.28 [141.35]
3/4-10
195.00 [264.38]
3/4-10
285.00 [386.41]
3/4-10
184.94 [250.74]
1-8
480.00 [650.79]
1-8
675.00 [915.18]
1-8
455.24 [617.22]
M4
1.92 [2.60]
M4
2.71 [3.67]
M4
1.78 [2.41]
M6
6.56 [8.89]
M6
9.26 [12.56]
M6
6.08 [8.24]
M8
15.78 [21.40]
M8
22.29 [30.22]
M8
14.68 [19.83]
M 10
31.11 [42.18]
M 10
43.92 [59.55]
M 10
28.82 [39.08]
DWN
DECIMAL
H. TASSEW
CHK
5/13/2013
.XXX ` .005
.XX
.X
` .020
` .060
FINISH 125
FRACTIONAL
` 1/16"
TIR .010
ANGULAR
` 1/2
03
02
REV
DATE
BY
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
APPVL
DOBROWOLSKI
5/13/2013
APPVL
K. HARWOOD
5/13/2013
APPVL
B. MOATS
FSCM No.
52142
NEXT ASSY
TC Number: 10746842-ASM
5/13/2013
Printed REV: 03
INSTALLATION, BLOWER
20HP
SCALE:
5/64
PROJECTION:
DOCUMENT NUMBER:
10746842-ASM
1
SIZE:
SHEET:
OF 2
REVISION:
03
Latest REV: 03
Printed By:ramirezrl
Bill of Material-Engineering
NOV Sugar Land
Instl, Blower
Part Number:
10746842-001
Legacy Number: 10746842-001
Revision:
03
Item No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Oracle No.
10532115-001
10532114-001
10490361-594
10032557-018
10490361-340
10490016-020
10032387-018
10032388-007
10018324-001
TC Number: 10746842-ASM
Legacy No.
10532115-001
10532114-001
50008-08-C5
50908-C
50006-08-C5
50906-C
1320-05-0115
1322-23-0004
1885-11-0048
Reference
Description
UOM Quantity Designator
Fabrication, Blower Adapter
Each
1
Gasket
Each
1
Screw, Cap;Hex Head;0.500-13 UNC-2A;L 1 in;Fully
Each Threaded
14
WASHER, LOCK
Each
14
SCREW,HEX HD CAP 3/8-16X1 GR5
Each
14
LOCKWASHER, SPLIT, 3/8" DIA
Each
1
PLUG,PIPE;SOLID;SZ 3/4;HEX;ZP
Each
4
PLUG, 1/2 SQ HD SS
Each
2
SEALANT, VIBRATITE #3 1OZ
Each
1
Printed REV: 03
Latest REV: 03
SECTION 3
RIG/PLANT
ADDITIONAL CODE
SDRL CODE
TOTAL PGS
REMARKS
MAIN TAG NUMBER
DISCIPLINE
CLIENT PO NUMBER
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
2
REVISION HISTORY
01
Oct. 13,2005
Issued
Wang YuanZ
02
July 26,2006
Required by Designer
Wang YuanZ
03
July,3,2007
Required by NOV
Rev
Date (dd.mm.yyyy)
Prepared
Checked
Approved
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
Revision
02
03a
03b
03c
Change Description
The metric screws of the charging connector ,the presure gauge and the charging valve
were changed into inch.
Page 6,10 ---Change torque
Page 9.12,16---Change valve guard, pressure gage,caution tag and charging valve per
NOV requirement.
Part list been changed accordingly
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
3
PREFACE
LS-NOV makes no warranties of any kind, expressed or implied; including any warranty of
mechanical fitness for any particular purpose that the work performed pursuant to this
manual will be free from defects in workmanship or material.
LS-NOV retains for itself all proprietary rights in and to all designs, engineering details, data
and procedures set forth herein. This manual is intended for the sole use of LS-NOV
customers and they shall strictly control copying of same, as this manual and all copies
thereof may be recalled by LS-NOV at any time.
This manual makes recommendations only. The customer is at all times responsible for
actual disassembly, inspection, re-assembly and testing of the pulsation dampener body.
The customer is also solely responsible for providing competent and qualified persons;
equipment and facilities to perform such operations; and for workmanship and safety.
If at any time the customer is unable to understand the recommendations made in this
manual or is unable to follow those recommendations, they should consult the nearest LSNOV location.
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
4
Contents
PREFACE.................................................................................................................................... 3
1
INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................ 5
1.1 Mounting ................................................................................................................... 6
1.2
DISASSEMBLY ................................................................................................................ 8
2.1
Disassembly Procedure.......................................................................................... 8
2.2
ASSEMBLY .................................................................................................................... 10
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Stabilizer Installation............................................................................................. 10
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 13
4.1
Precharge ............................................................................................................. 13
4.2
4.3
Precharge Low...................................................................................................... 13
5.2
Precharge High..................................................................................................... 14
PARTS ............................................................................................................................ 15
6.1
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
5
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Do not attempt to precharge pulsation dampener prior to mounting the unit into
the pump piping system.
The LS-NOV Pulsation Dampener should be mounted in the vertical position (refer to Figure
1-1 for mounting options) with the mating flange connection at the bottom. The discharge
dampener should be mounted as close as possible to the discharge port of the pump. If
possible, it is advantageous that the dampener be mounted in such a way that the fluid
stream is directed towards the fluid opening.
Horizontal Discharge
Dampener
www.lsnoi.com
Vertical Discharge
Dampener
Document number
Revision
Page
Nitrogen Bottle
107.132.00SM
03
6
Charging Valve.
1.2
The correct precharge is vital for maximizing efficiency of the pulsation dampener. Generally,
precharge pressure is based on the average operating pressure of the system, but precharge can
be affected by other system parameters; for these applications, consult qualified LS-NOV
personnel for correct precharging instructions.
WARNING: ALWAYS PRECHARGE WITH ZERO PRESSURE ON THE SYSTEM AND ALWAYS
PRECHARGE WITH NITROGEN.
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
7
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
8
Adjust the precharge pressure as required. After precharge pressure has stabilized at specified
pressure, close valves, remove charging hose. Dampener is now ready for operation.
DISASSEMBLY
2.1
Disassembly Procedure
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
9
save.
f. Remove bottom plate from dampener. Remove gasket and inspect for damage.
Set aside and save if reusable. Replace if damaged.
g. Inspect bottom plate for excessive pitting, corrosion or wear. If these conditions
exist, consult your nearest LS-NOV representative for corrective action.
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2 Inspect inside of dampener body for excessive pitting. Corrosion or wear. If these
conditions exist, consult your nearest LS-NOV representative.
2.2.3 Mild pitting or scaling can be removed with application of light duty emery cloth. Inside of
dampener must be free of burrs and debris.
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
10
ASSEMBLY
All metal surfaces of the cover plate, body, and bottom plate which come into contact with the
diaphragm must be cleaned carefully before reassembly. Scrape and wire brush all surfaces and
completely remove any foreign matter, rust or scale. Refer to Figure 3-1 while following the
procedure below.
3.1
3.2
3.2.1 Insert bottom plate into body taking care not to pinch gasket and align counter bore holes
with tapped holes in body. Install socket head cap screws and tighten evenly until bottom
plate is snug against body. Torque cap screws to appro. 650 lb-ft or 882 N.m.
3.3
Diaphragm Installation
3.3.1 Apply a light coat of a general lubricant (castor oil or equivalent) on diaphragm to aid in
installation.
3.3.2 Pull up on neck of diaphragm while pushing diaphragm insert area down.
3.3.3 Take the new diaphragm in the at rest position and roll one side toward the other forming a
crude football shape. A thin belt or strap may be helpful in holding this shape.
3.3.4 Apply lubricant to the folded diaphragm and insert it long ways into the body of the
dampener as far as possible (the diaphragm should go over half way into the dampener
body).
3.3.5 Fold the remainder of the diaphragm into the vessel and allow it to open inside the body.
3.3.6 Position the diaphragm within the neck of the vessel.
3.4
Stabilizer Installation
3.4.1 When stabilizer is used, temporarily install hex screw into insert.
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
11
3.4.2 Break vacuum at neck by pulling diaphragm slightly away from sealing area.
3.4.3 Pull up on hex nut so diaphragm bottom moves up near neck opening.
3.4.4 Re-seat diaphragm neck, remove hex screw, and install stabilizer.
3.4.5 Fold stabilizer with edge down and insert into diaphragm opening.
3.4.6 Assemble stabilizer plate, lock washer, and hex screw through stabilizer and fasten to
diaphragm by attaching hex screw to threaded insert.
3.4.7 Tighten securely with socket wrench.
NOTE: Make certain that the neck portion of the diaphragm and cover plate is clean and free
of any debris, rust, or scale. Coat with a light lubricant prior to installation of cover plate to the
body.
3.5
3.5.1 Install cover plate, studs, and lubricated nuts. Cross tighten by hand or wrench, a few turns
at a time, until cover is firmly seated on the dampener body. Cross tighten to the
appropriate torque (~2000lb-ft or 2700N.m).
3.6
3.6.1 Back thread seal nut on valve and thread valve into tapped hole.
3.6.2 Tighten to 20 5 lb-ft or 27 7 N.m torque
3.6.3 If the valve is not facing in the proper direction, take the following steps:
a. Rotate forward if less than a 1/2 turn is required to position valve in proper direction.
b. Rotate backward if the previous step is not possible until the valve is positioned in the
proper direction (. turn maximum).
c. After valve is in position, tighten seal nut to 20 5 lb-ft or 27 7 N.m torque.
3.7
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
12
3.7.1 Install pressure gauge so that the face is positioned in such a manner that it will be visible
through the valve guard opening.
3.7.2 Back thread seal nut on valve and thread valve into tapped hole.
3.7.3 Tighten to 20 5 ft-lb or 27 7 N.m torque.
3.7.4 If the gauge is not facing in the proper direction, take the following steps:
a. Rotate forward if less than a 1/2 turn is required to position gauge in proper direction
b. Rotate backward if the previous step is not possible until the gauge is positioned in
the proper direction (1/2 turn maximum).
c. After gauge is in position, tighten seal nut to 20 5 lb-ft or 27 7 N.m torque.
3.8
Use precharge instructions in Section 1. Attach valve guard, and the pulsation dampener is
now ready for use.
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
13
MAINTENANCE
4.1
Precharge
4.1.1 When properly installed and pre-charged, the pulsation dampener is virtually maintenance
free.
4.1.2 The vessel should be checked periodically for proper precharge and leaks. Unless
conditions such as ambient temperature, operating conditions, or operating temperatures
change, checking every six months should be sufficient.
4.2
4.2.1 If the pre-charge pressure is TOO LOW, the pulsation dampener will fill with excess fluid,
thus losing some of the working volume of the gas and reducing dampener efficiency.
4.2.2 Additionally, excessive flexing of the diaphragm may cause premature rubber failure at the
neck or equator of the diaphragm.
4.3
4.3.1 If the pre-charge is TOO HIGH, the diaphragm insert will rest on the bottom of the
dampener, closing off the fluid inlet.
4.3.2 Until the system pressure exceeds the precharge pressure, no dampening will take place.
4.3.3 During the time the precharge pressure is nearly equal with the system pressure, the
diaphragm will bounce on and off the inlet opening which could effect the service life of the
diaphragm.
PRECHARGE ADJUSTMENTS
5.1
Precharge Low
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
14
5.2
Precharge High
www.lsnoi.com
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
15
PARTS
6.1
Item
No.
Description
Part No.
Qty.
Body
107.132.01
Diaphragm
107.130.01.00-1
Diaphragm Stabilizer
107.130.02
Stabilizer Plate
107.130.04
107.130.05
Washer
GB93-87
17
107.132.05
12
18
107.132.06
12
20
O-Ring
D4-4-66
21
107.132.07
22
Bottom Plate
107.132.08
23
Nut M33x2-2A
107.132.09
24
Bolt
107.132.10
26
Cover Plate
107.132.13
27
Valve Guard
107.132.30.00
28
Pressuregauge,0~6000psi(40mpa)
1/4"NPT
7806202
29
Charging Valve
7500905
30
Tag, Caution
107.132.12
www.lsnoi.com
27
M48x3-2A
140x5.7
M33x2-2A
Document number
Revision
Page
107.132.00SM
03
16
www.lsnoi.com
Foreword
This manual is published as a guide for the normal operation of your NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO equipment.
Because of many factors which contribute to the function or malfunction of this machinery, and not having complete
knowledge of each factor or combination of factors, we cannot detail all facets of this subject. We must therefore
confine the scope of this presentation and when situations encountered are not fully encompassed by complete,
understandable instructions, these situations must be referred to the manufacturer.
The dimension and tolerances specified in this publication are those desirable for the most efficient operations of the
equipment. When components become worn or when new parts are introduced into a worn unit, it may not be possible
or economically feasible to reestablish such strict alignment and correct all dimensional deviations.
Improvements in design, engineering, materials, production methods, etc., may necessitate changes in these
products and result in inconsistencies between the content of this publication and the physical equipment. We reserve
the right to make these changes without incurring any liability or obligation beyond that which is stipulated in the
purchase contract.
The pictures, photographs, charts, diagrams, drawings, verbal contents and specifications are not to be construed
as giving rise to any warranty on the part of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO makes no
warranty either expressed or implied beyond that which is stipulated in the purchase contract.
1
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Warranty
National Oilwell Varco (NOV) warrants that, for a period of one year from the date of delivery equipment of manufacture,
the Equipment shall be free of defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service, and provided the
Equipment is used and maintained in accordance with instructions supplied. This is a sole and exclusive warranty. If a
defect in the Equipment appears within one year from the date of shipment, and Purchaser has given written notice of
such defect within thirty days from the discovery thereof, NOV will repair or replace the part, at its option, by shipping a
similar part FOB shipping point or, at its option, refund an equitable portion of the purchase price. NOV may require the
return, to a designated location, of the defective part, transportation prepaid to establish Purchaser's claim. No
allowance will be made for repairs undertaken without NOVs written consent or approval. This warranty applies only to
equipment manufactured by NOV. Warranties on equipment manufactured by others, if any, are assigned to Purchaser
by NOV (without recourse) at time of delivery. Any description of Equipment, drawings, specifications, and any samples,
models, bulletins, or similar material, used in connection with this sale are for the sole purpose of identifying the
Equipment and are not to be construed as an express warranty that the Equipment will conform to such description. Any
field advisory or installation support is advisory only. The foregoing warranties are in lieu of all other warranties, whether
oral, written, express, implied or statutory. Implied warranties or merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose will
not apply. NOV's warranty obligations and purchaser's remedies there under are solely and exclusively as stated herein.
Purchaser's sole and exclusive remedy, whether based upon warranty, contract or tort, including negligence, will be to
proceed under this warranty. All liability of NOV shall terminate one year from the date of delivery of the Equipment.
Intended audience
Conventions
Notes, cautions, and warnings
Notes
Cautions
Warnings
Illustrations
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
Safety requirements
Personnel training
Recommended tools
Genera system safety practices
Replacing components
Maintenance
Proper use of equipment
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
Intended audience
This manual is intended for use by field engineering, installation, operation and repair personnel. Every effort has been
made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained herein. National Oilwell Varco company (NOV), will not be
held liable for errors in this material, or for consequences arising from misuse of this material.
Conventions
2
www.nov.com
MANUAL: M-34000
Safety requirements
Personnel training
NOV equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment involving hazardous operations and
situations. Proper service and repair is important for safe and reliable operation. Operation and service procedures
provided by NOV manuals are the recommended methods of performing those operations. Figures provide a graphical
representation of equipment components or screen snapshots for use in identifying parts or establishing nomenclature,
and may or may not be drawn to scale. For more specific component information pertinent to your rig configuration, see
the technical drawings included with your National Oilwell Varco documentation.
All personnel performing installation, operation, repair or maintenance procedures on the equipment, or those in the
vicinity of the equipment, should be trained on shop safety, tool operation, and maintenance. Contact the NOV Valve
training department for more information about equipment operation and maintenance training.
Recommended tools
Service operations may require the use of tools designed specifically for the purpose described. When stated, use only
these tools.
General system safety practices
Avoid performing maintenance or repairs while the equipment is in operation.
Wear proper protective equipment during equipment installation, operation, maintenance, assembly/disassembly or
repair. Local codes may apply. Please consult them prior to performing any operation. The presence of a NOV Valve
representative at the site does not relieve the owner/ operator of responsibility to follow published installation, operation,
and maintenance instructions.
Replacing components
Verify that all components are tagged and labeled during disassembly and reassembly of equipment.
3
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Introduction
Features
2-1
Introduction
A pressure relief valve is a self operating valve that is installed in a process system to protect against over
pressurization of the system. The NOV Reset Relief Valve is designed to keep pressure from exceeding a preset valve,
which will in turn protect the liners and other internal components of a typical mud pump.
There are a wide variety of valve designs, but most valves of this type incorporate one or more helical compression
springs which are used to maintain constant force acting on the backside of a piston, causing the valve to be normally
closed. When the force exerted by the process stream (i.e. fluid pressure) against the piston is greater than the constant
force exerted by the spring, the valve "trips" open (the piston moves to its fully open position) and allows process fluid to
exit the valve and pass through a discharge line to a mud tank or pit. This valve actually utilizes a balance beam
whereby the piston force acts on a short moment arm while the spring force acts on a longer moment arm.
The NOV Titan Class "C" Valve utilizes the 34000 series part number. Various dash numbers may be added to indicate
the type of piping adapters supplied with the valve or any other auxiliary items. Please refer to the bill of material and
drawing sections to determine the complete valve assembly number.
Features
Unlike its predecessor, which utilized an elastomeric cushion ring, the Titan Class C valve incorporates a pressure
balance chamber, similar to the original RX valve. The opening movements of NOV's patented piston ports (U.S. Patent
5,715,861) are hydraulically cushioned by throttling fluid from the balance chamber to the discharge side of the valve.
The butt weld flanges or 3-1502 unions provide excellent connection integrity.
There is no load bearing threaded connections exposed to the flow media (such as line pipe threads).
The 4-bolt inlet and discharge flanges allow for easy access to the body and internal parts.
The entire valve can be replaced with all adjacent piping in place.
The valve is 100% adjustable to provide any relief pressure setting within the particular pressure range of the valve.
The relieving pressure set point may be altered easily by turning a single adjusting nut; adjustment may be made while
pressure is in the valve however, is limited to increasing the setting only.
The accuracy of the relief valve is not affected by continuous pressure surges or vibration.
The valve is easily reset by operating a single lever; no replacement shear pins are required and little, if any, down time
is encountered in resetting the valve.
Once properly calibrated, the accuracy of the valve is maintained over numerous valve trips.
The valve may be manually discharged at any time, regardless of line pressure, by striking the release button provided
on the valve.
The open or set position of the valve piston is indicated by the position of the release button. When the button is
away from the side of the bonnet, the valve is set. When the button is adjacent to the side of the bonnet, the valve is
open.
The valves internal linkage is fully enclosed and protected from debris and corrosion.
The release shaft retainer has been redesigned for greater safety.
Inspection
Installation
3-1
4
www.nov.com
MANUAL: M-34000
3-4
Inspection
Installation
Prior to setting up and operating a new Reset Relief Valve, inspect the goods as received from the shipping company. A
claim for damage or loss should be reported immediately to the carrier and to the Valve Division. Also, check the bill of
lading for any separately shipped items, including manuals and CDs. Once it is confirmed the order has been received
complete in undamaged condition, installation may begin.
The Titan C Reset Relief Valve may be installed in any position but it is generally easier to operate and maintain with
the bonnet in a vertical position together with a horizontal discharge line. The valve is outfitted with (A) a pair of 6-bolt
butt weld flanges (one on the inlet and one on the outlet) that have to be fitted, tacked, welded, and stress relieved in
accordance with ASME Section IX and/or ASME B31.1 specifications PRIOR to bolting the valve in place for operation
or (B) adapter flanges which go from a 6-bolt pattern (to match the body) to 3-1502 male and female union connections.
Material certificates for these components are available and (for the butt weld components) include heat treating times
and temperatures which may be used to write a proper weld procedure for valve installation (WPS or PQR). Due to the
service encountered and pressure rating of this equipment, the integrity of all welding, which may be required for the
installation of this valve, should be volumetrically inspected 100% using appropriate X-ray procedures. Assemblies
including component parts with butt weld ends requiring welding must follow the same procedures described above. The
dimensions of the window required for valve installation are shown in the assembly drawing. It is recommended that
the pipe I.D. be no smaller than that of a 3 Schedule XXH pipe (2.300 I.D.) for the upstream and downstream piping.
Figure 3-1 exhibits the correct setup of the upstream and downstream piping. A 3 degree minimum downward slope
must be maintained on piping.
www.nov.com
Note:
Refer to the Parts and Drawings Section when item numbers are referenced.
Standard butt weld hubs normally supplied with this valve when requested (p/n 31953), are for mating up with 3-1/2SCH. XXH (4.000 O.D. x 2.728 I.D.) piping. Torque the (6) flange bolts (item 50) gradually in a crossing pattern so that
the adjacent sealing faces of the flange and body remain parallel. This will also prevent flange separation and the
resulting flange-to-body seal failure. The adjusting nut (item 32) moves the upper spring retainer (item 34) thereby
increasing or decreasing the amount of spring compression and thus spring force against the arm of the crank. The
correct position of the adjusting nut is shown by an indicator (item 33) mounted on the upper spring retainer and the
calibration plate (item 36) mounted adjacent to the indicator on the bonnet cover (item 29). It is generally undesirable to
bring a mud pump on-line with the valve at an abnormally low pressure setting. Such a practice could cause inadvertent
opening of the valve. Always verify the pressure setting by examining the indicator and calibration plate prior to placing
the valve in service. In some operating conditions, the valve may appear to discharge at a lower (or higher) pressure
than indicated by the valve setting. This phenomenon may sometimes result from (1) a lag between the actual system
pressure and the pressure gauge reading, especially for gauges with dampening devices, (2) pressure pulsations,
especially when inadequate or poorly operating pulsation dampeners are installed, (3) inaccurate or improperly
calibrated gauges, or (4) an improperly maintained valve. The release of drilling mud, especially at high pressures, can
be very destructive to internal valve parts. Operators are advised to always try to isolate and shut down a pump as
quickly as possible when the relief valve for that pump discharges. Doing so can help to increase the life of the valve
and its internal parts.
6
www.nov.com
MANUAL: M-34000
Note:
Back pressure on the valve (usually due to hydrostatic head pressure from a column of fluid in the discharge line) is
usually undesirable. However, due to the balanced design of the Titan B, back pressures less than 100 psig will have
little if any affect on the operational accuracy of the valve
Storage
Recommended procedure for extended storage
Relief Valve should be stored inside a cool, controlled environment.
Valve should be stored in an upright position, protecting the piston and internal parts.
Internal parts should stay lubricated with synthetic grease, Mobil SHC 220, Mobilith or equal.
If the valve is in storage more than 6-15 months, the valve should be disassembled, the bonnet pulled and the piston
cap seal and o-ring inspected and changed. Clear all debris from internal parts, lubricated with recommended lubricant.
For assembly procedures, see Section 6.
If additional information is needed, please contact your sales representative or call the location shown on the cover of
this manual.
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
www.nov.com
If the valve is within acceptable tolerances at both the low and high set points, secure the load screw with the Spirol pin
(item 40) by driving it into the lower spring retainer (against the bonnet) until the end is flush with the outboard side of
the lower spring retainer. If the valve is not within acceptable tolerances, replace the load springs or look for mechanical
problems. Repeat this entire procedure after reworking valve.
Hydrostatic Pressure testing (in plant only)
For Titan Class C valves, any in-plant or customer-witness hydrostatic pressure testing will be limited to the following
maximum values: 5,000 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE 7,500 PSIG TEST PRESSURE
(Test pressure applies to the sub-assembly: valve body with sub, seat insert, and related seals only.) With the valve in
the set position and springs compressed for maximum pressure setting, slowly increase internal pressure to that of
working pressure, hold hydrostatic pressure for 3 minutes and check for leakage, bleed pressure to zero. Re-pressurize
valve to the specified pressure required and hold for 15 minutes. Check for leakage. If no leakage is observed outside
the valve and if no apparent leakage is visible from monitoring the gauge, the test is successful. Bleed pressure to zero.
Test is complete.
5-1
8
www.nov.com
MANUAL: M-34000
6-1
6-2
6-4
6-4
6-5
6-7
www.nov.com
www.nov.com
MANUAL: M-34000
5. If the reset crank (item 30) or the reset handle (item 16) must be replaced, punch out the 5/16 Spirol Pin (item 24).
Slide the reset handle off of the reset crank, remove the shaft seal o-ring (item 43) and pull the reset crank out of the
bonnet cover.
6. If the cover bearing (not ballooned) is damaged, it may be pressed out of the bonnet cover (with the proper tooling)
and replaced with a new one.
7. Remove the spring guide rod (item 28) along with the reset spring (item 23) and the keeper (item 27) from the bonnet.
8. Using a pair of needle nose pliers, carefully remove the two clock or linkage springs (item 25). Examine both springs
for damage. The tabs which hold the spring in place (one on the inside and one on the outside) should be in alignment
with each other. If the outer tab is more than 30 degrees out of alignment with the inner tab, replace both springs with
new NOV parts.
9. With the remaining bonnet assembly resting above the piston (item 3) which is to be positioned firmly on a flat
surface, rotate the upper link (item 21) into a horizontal position (as if the valve had tripped). Punch out the 1/8 pin
(item 19) in upper link. Note: Pulling back on the release button and locking it in the retracted position with a small block
(or other item which may be used temporarily as a spacer) during this operation will keep the inboard end of the release
shaft (item 45) from interfering with the removal of the pin (item 19). Remove the top crank pin (item 26).
10. If the crank (item 22) must be removed, lift lower spring retainer and turn it so that the diameter pin can be driven
out from side adjacent to the bonnet. Rotate the load screw (item 38) CCW to remove it from the lower spring retainer
(item 39). Lift the load screw up through the crank for complete removal from the bonnet. Punch out the 1/8 pin (item
44) from the crank to remove the crank pivot pin (item 41). The crank may now be lifted out and completely removed
from the bonnet.
11. If required, the bearing (item 15a) may be removed from bonnet (item 15) with a 19/32 punch. Again, this is a
somewhat tedious task and replacement of the bonnet sub-assembly is generally the better choice.
12. If it is necessary to remove the release shaft (item 45), hold the inboard end from rotating with a drift pin while
rotating the release button (item 47) CCW. With the release button removed, push the release shaft inboard until it
clears the notches in the release shaft retainer (item 46). A large slotted screw driver may be used to loosen and remove
the release shaft retainer (item 46). Now the release shaft and release shaft spring may be easily removed from the
bonnet.
13. The piston along with the linkage may now be carefully pulled out of the lower end of the bonnet.
14. Disassemble upper link and lower links by punching out four 1/8 pins (item 19) and removing the two link pins (item
18).
15. Remove the stem bushing by sliding it off of the small end of the piston. Inspect both the bushing outer seal (item
14) and the bushing inner seal (item 10) for wear or damage. Clean and inspect both glands for damage or corrosion.
16. If required, the bearing (item 21a) may be removed from upper link (item 21) with a 15/32 punch. Again, this is a
somewhat tedious task and replacement of the upper link sub-assembly is generally the better choice.
Note
Usually, while the valve is completely disassembled, it is always a good practice to replace any and all worn, damaged,
or otherwise questionable parts.
17. Check lower links for straightness and/or ovaling of the link pin holes. Check straightness by laying a straight edge
against the end flat on each side of the link. If either link is distorted, always replace both lower linksnever just one.
Check the small pads on one side of each lower link for damage from contacting the pad on the main crank. It is
important to note the position and orientation of the pads on both lower links. These pads MUST be placed in the same
11
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
www.nov.com
MANUAL: M-34000
13
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
www.nov.com
MANUAL: M-34000
Item
No
Special
Parts
34000-01
36
37
111342
20805-03
34000-02
36
37
34000-03
36
37
Pressure
Range
Connection
Outlet
3 SCH XXH BUTWELD
Inlet
3 SCH XXH
BUTWELD
111342
20805-04
3 SCH XXH
BUTWELD
31591
20805-03
3 SCH XXH
BUTWELD
Pressure Range
34011
34012
34013
750-2500 PSI
1500-5000 PSI
400-1500 PSI
Pressure Range
34005
15
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
7-1
7-1
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-3
Maintenance
The Titan Class B Reset Relief Valve has been designed to require a minimum amount of maintenance. The
recommended maintenance for the valves involves removing the bonnet assembly (refer valve disassembly procedure)
every 2-4 weeks and flushing out the valve body and cleaning any debris. Then you would need to apply grease to the
inner walls of the valve body where the upper shoulder seal on the piston seals and also apply grease through the
grease fitting on the bonnet assembly itself until it is completely full of grease (from the factory it should be full of
grease). The grease will act as a rust inhibitor and this will protect against the corrosion. Flange screws, bonnet
retaining screws, and cover retaining screws should be checked for proper torque periodically. Please refer to the torque
chart.
Note:
Recommended Lubricant P/N 2560 Upper Bonnet Assembly Parts (Top Works): Maxi Glide Teflon Gel Lubricant or
Equal P/N 3015 Piston, Body I.D. and Seals: Synthetic Lubricant Grease or Equal.
Torque Chart
Size. Part No.
1/2-13 SH Cap
204044-10-14
5/8- 11 SH Cap
063150-10-15
1-8 12-pt. Cap
111676
Torque, Ft.-lbs--N-m
(4)
Cover
(4)
Bonnet
(8)
Flange Adapters
85+9
115+12.2
169+17
229+23
420+31.5
569.5+42.7
Due to the variations in pulsation dampening from rig to rig and the resulting effect on component fatigue life, it is
recommended that the 1/2 and 5/8 socket head cap screws not be reused but rather replaced with new cap screws
when servicing the valve. Verification of the valve accuracy should be done on a regular basis. After all, this is a piece of
safety equipment and it should be operated and maintained accordingly. It is recommended that the valve be calibrated
every 6 months as a minimum. For calibrating the valve in the field, NOV may provide a portable manual pump with a
proper test gauge (1/4% full scale) to aid the operator (reference part number 32590). If a pressure gauge with a built-in
dampening device is used, the line pressure should be built up slowly to allow the actual system pressure and gauge
pressure to stabilize. If possible, the line pressure should be built up slowly and gradually with little or no pressure
pulsations.
Inspection
To inspect visually, with no pressure in the valve, reset button pushed in, remove (4) Bonnet Bolts. Pull Top Work up
vertically; inspect piston seal and the body ID. Wash any debris from the body and re-lube body and piston.
Reassemble. Valve is ready for reset.
Tools Required
1.3/32 to 7/64 inch diameter x 1 inch (min.) long straight shank punch (for items 19 and 44) To perform service work on
the Titan Class B Reset Relief Valve, the following tools will be required: To inspect visually, with no pressure in the
16
www.nov.com
MANUAL: M-34000
Qty
Part No
32501-2
31914
10
31909
11
702640-03-20
12
02640-24-31
13
32519
14
43
1
1
702640-23-01
702640-21-01
53
702640-23-71
Spirol Pins
The minimum number of Spirol Pins required for complete replacement of all pins in the valve is shown on the bill of
materials and in the chart below:
Item
Qty
Part No
Basic Size
19
20712-02
1/8 x 5/8
24
20712-13
5/16 x 1-3/8
40
20712-04
1/4 x 1-1/2
44
20712-03
1/8 x 7/8
NOTE
Refer to the Drawings and Parts List at the end of this manual for NOV part numbers and usage.
The bushings shown in the chart below are not specifically ballooned on the assembly drawing but they are called out
on the bill of material under the main item in the sub-assembly where they are used.
17
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Qty
Part No
3a
13229-10
15a
13229-08
21a
13229-13
22a
13229-13
29a
13229-12
8-1
8-2
8-3
8-4
8-5
Description
2
3
4
Part
No.
31892
31881
31884
31880
Figure 8-1-1. 1002 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31893 (Flange 1002 Female)
Item
1
2
3
4
Description
Flange 1002 Male Connector
Detachable Nut
Nitrile Seal Ring
Female Half (Butt Weld Prep
Piece)
Retainer Segments (3 ea.
included)
Retainer Ring
5
6
Part
No.
31891
31881
31884
31871
31926
31927
Figure 8-1-2. 1002 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31894 (Flange 1002 Female)
Item
Description
1
2
3
4
Part
No.
31930
31925
31884
31931
Figure 8-1-3. 1502 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31885 (Flange 1502 Female)
18
www.nov.com
MANUAL: M-34000
Item
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
Part
No.
31929
31925
31884
31932
31926
31927
Figure 8-1-4. 1502 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31886 (Flange 1502 Female)
19
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
ITEM
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
34001
1
1
SUB, M2 / TITAN
CLASS
STEM BUSHING
SEAL, PISTON,
LOWER
SEAL, RETAINER
32524
2
3
33003-01
3a
13229-10
3250002/M2
31948/M2
31900
6
7
32501-2
32512
31914
10
31909
11
70264003-20
70264024-31
3251
12
13
14
15
70264023-01
34020
15a
13229-08
16
30377
17
32025-2
SPARES
1
*
1
1
23545
HANDLE, RESET,
MACHINED
NAMEPLATE,F/
BONNET (SMALL)
PIN, LOWER LINK
18
19
20712-02
PIN, SPIROL
20
20786
LINK, LOWER
21
31977
20
www.nov.com
MANUAL: M-34000
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
13229-13
38161
BUSHING F/ UPPER
LINK
CRANK, SUB-ASSY.
21a
SPARES
22
13229-13
BUSHING, F/ CRANK
22a
23
30391
24
20712-13
SPRING, RESET
CRANK
PIN, SPIROL
25
20791
SPRING, LINKAGE
26
31975
27
30380
KEEPER, SPRING
30387
38159
COVER, SUB-ASSY.
13229
BUSHING, F/ COVER
30373
RESET CRANK
30388
20798
ROLLER, RESET
CRANK
NUT, AJUSTING,
SELF-LOCKING
INDICATOR, SET
PRESSURE
RETAINER, UPPER
SPRING
STUD, ADJUSTING
30389
20712-04
RETAINER, LOWER
SPRING
PIN, SPIROL
30381
5929-02
FITTING, ALEMITE,
1/4 MALE NPT
O-RING, RESET
HANDLE
PIN, SPIROL
28
29
29a
30
31
5953-34
32
30379
33
30385
34
1
1
1
1
35
36
37
2
1
38
30382
39
40
41
42
43
70264021-01
20712-03
1
2
44
21
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
30397
SHAFT, RELEASE
32052
RETAINER,
THREADED RELEASE
BUTTON, RELEASE
SPRING, RELEASE
BUTTON
SCREW U-DRIVE
1
16
SCREW, SH CAP,
CAPSCREW, FERRY
HEAD 1
LOCK WASHER 1
O-RING, FLANGE
NAMEPLATE, F/RRV
COVER (LARGE)
NAMEPLATE,TITAN
CLASS
FLANGE, WELD NECK
F/3"-C
SPARES
45
46
47
30396
48
31868
49
111656
50
51
20404410-14
111676
52
111680
53
55
70264023-71
06315010-15
32025-1
56
32025-3
57
31852
54
1
2
22
www.nov.com
MANUAL: M-34000
ITEM
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
3a
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
15a
16
17
18
19
20
21
21a
22
22a
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
29a
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
34001
32524
33003-01
13229-10
32500-02/M2
31948/M2
31900 S
32501-2
32512
31914
31909
702640-03-20
702640-24-31
32519
34020
13229-08
30377
32025-2
23545
20712-02
20786
31977
13229-10
38161
13229-13
30391
20712-13
20791
31975
30380
30387
38159
13229-12
30373
30388
5953-34
30379
30385
20798
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
5
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
SPARES
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
ITEM
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
30389
30382
20712-04
30381
5929-02
702640-21-01
0712-03
30397
32052
30396
31868
111656
204044-10-14
111676
111680
702640-23-71
063150-10-15
32025-1
32025-3
31930 1502
31929 1502
31884
31925
31931
31932
31926
31927
SCREW, LOAD
RETAINER, LOWER SPRING
PIN, SPIROL
PIN, CRANK PIVOT
FITTING, ALEMITE, 1/4 MALE NPT
O-RING, RESET HANDLE
PIN, SPIROL
SHAFT, RELEASE
RETAINER, THREADED RELEASE SFT.
BUTTON, RELEASE
SPRING, RELEASE BUTTON
SCREW U-DRIVE
SCREW, SH CAP,
CAPSCREW, FERRY HEAD 1
LOCK WASHER 1
O-RING, FLANGE
SCREW, SH CAP, 5/8 4
NAMEPLATE, F/RRV COVER (LARGE)
NAMEPLATE,TITAN CLASS
FEMALE FLG CONNECTOR
MALE FLG CONNECTOR
SEAL RING, F/1002 & 1502 UNIONS
NUT, DETACHABLE 3 1502
SUB, 3 1502/1002 MALE X 3 XXH BW
SUB, 3 1502 FEMALE X 3 XXH BW
SEGMENTS (3-PC) SET
RETAINER RING 10/1502
QTY
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
16
4
8
8
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
SPARES
Mission
Molde
Mono
Monoflo
National
National Oilwell
Norson
Oil Tools Solutions
Oilwell
Omega Pumps
Pacific Inspection
PCE
Peck-O-Matic
PEP
Procon As
Quality Tubing
Rebound Rig
Retsco
RMI (Rig Manufacturing International)
Roberds Johnson
ROSS HILL
Rucker
Russell Subservice
Sauerman
Shaffer
Shearer
Skytop Brewster
Smith Fiberglass
Specialty
SSR
Stlprodukter
Star Fiberglass
Tech Power
TEM (Tulsa Equipment Manufacturing)
Texas Oil Tools
TS&M
Tuboscope
Turner Oilfield Service
UNIFLEX
Unit (Cranes)
Universal
USF (Utility Steel Fabricators)
Varco
Vector
Versatech
Western Oilfield Engineering
Wheatley Gaso
Wildcat Services
Wilson
Woolley
Downhole Solutions
Drilling Solutions
Production Solutions
www.nov.com